You are on page 1of 274

Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Title page

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service


Switch (PSS)
Raman Amplifier and Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) | Release
6.0.0
User Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA
Issue 1 | June 2013

Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Legal notice

Legal notice

Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.

The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2013 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside
Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization.
Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.

Notice

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Although every effort has been made to make this document as accurate, complete, and
clear as possible, Alcatel-Lucent and its predecessors assume no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.

Trademarks

All trademarks and service marks specified herein are owned by their respective companies.

Conformance statement

Interference Information: Part 15 of FCC Rules

NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the guidelines in this document, the
equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference,
in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at the expense of the user.

Security statement

In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,
applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any
allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.

Limited Warranty

For terms and conditions of sale, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Team.

Ordering information

For more ordering information, refer to “How to order” in the section titled “About this document”

Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Contents

About this document


Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................................ xv
xv

Reason for reissue ....................................................................................................................................................................... xv


xv

Intended audience ........................................................................................................................................................................ xv


xv

How to use this document ........................................................................................................................................................ xv


xv

Safety information ..................................................................................................................................................................... xvi


xvi

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15 Class A ................................................................................ xvi

Packaging collection and recovery requirements ........................................................................................................... xvi

Recycling/take-back/disposal of product and batteries ................................................................................................ xvi

Conventions used .................................................................................................................................................................... xviii


xviii

Related information ................................................................................................................................................................ xviii


xviii

Document support ...................................................................................................................................................................... xxi


xxi

Technical support ....................................................................................................................................................................... xxi


xxi

How to order ................................................................................................................................................................................ xxi


xxi

How to comment ........................................................................................................................................................................ xxi


xxi

Part I: Raman Amplifier three-pumps module (RA3P)

1 Safety

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1


1-1

General notes on safety

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-3


1-3

Structure of safety statements ............................................................................................................................................... 1-3


1-3

Basic safety aspects .................................................................................................................................................................. 1-6


1-6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary iii
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Specific safety areas

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-10


1-10

Potential sources of danger ................................................................................................................................................. 1-10


1-10

Laser safety ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-11


1-11

Laser product classification ................................................................................................................................................ 1-16


1-16

Equipment grounding ........................................................................................................................................................... 1-21


1-21

Electrostatic discharge .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-22


1-22

Safety requirements in specific deployment phases

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-31


1-31

Transportation .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-32


1-32

Storage ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-35


1-35

Installation ................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-38


1-38

Taking into operation ............................................................................................................................................................ 1-44


1-44

Operation and maintenance ................................................................................................................................................ 1-47


1-47

Taking out of operation ........................................................................................................................................................ 1-58


1-58

Event of failure ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-60


1-60

2 The RA3P Raman amplifier

RA3P Raman Amplifier hardware ...................................................................................................................................... 2-1


2-1

Safety and automatic power reduction .............................................................................................................................. 2-3


2-3

Additional RA3P Raman amplifier features ................................................................................................................... 2-4


2-4

Automatic power reduction (APR) in RA3P ................................................................................................................. 2-5


2-5

APR scenarios in RA3P amplifiers ................................................................................................................................... 2-6


2-6

3 Hardware specifications and connectors

RA3P Raman module hardware .......................................................................................................................................... 3-1


3-1

Optical Specifications and connectors .............................................................................................................................. 3-3


3-3

Communication ports ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-6


3-6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
iv Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Power connector and cable ................................................................................................................................................. 3-10
3-10

LED indicators ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-12


3-12

Replacing a fan ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-14


3-14

Replacing dust filter .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-18


3-18

4 RA3P Raman amplifier GUI

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1


4-1

GUI setup ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1


4-1

Parameter description .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-7


4-7

RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes ............................................................................................................ 4-13


4-13

5 RA3P installation and commissioning

Introduction to installation and commissioning ............................................................................................................ 5-1


5-1

Setting up the RA3P ............................................................................................................................................................... 5-3


5-3

Basic operating instructions .................................................................................................................................................. 5-7


5-7

Procedure for GUI software upgrade ................................................................................................................................. 5-8


5-8

6 Installation

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1


6-1

Rack installation of RA3P ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-2


6-2

RA3P Optical connections ................................................................................................................................................... 6-4


6-4

RA3P electrical connections ................................................................................................................................................ 6-9


6-9

7 RA3P Commissioning

Preparation .................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-1


7-1

RA3P initialization ................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6


7-6

Checking the line for back-reflections .............................................................................................................................. 7-6


7-6

Setting the OSC band ASE .................................................................................................................................................... 7-9


7-9

Line connectivity and OSC power verification ............................................................................................................. 7-9


7-9

Verify C-band minimum power requirement ............................................................................................................... 7-11


7-11

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary v
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Adjustments and system commissioning with Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32

Overview and parameters ...................................................................................................................................................... 8-1


8-1

Configuration ............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-2


8-2

Part II: PB1 Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) Power Booster

9 PB1 EDFA Power Booster

PB1 EDFA Power Booster hardware ................................................................................................................................. 9-1


9-1

Mode of operation .................................................................................................................................................................... 9-3


9-3

Safety and automatic power reduction .............................................................................................................................. 9-4


9-4

Additional PB1 EDFA power booster features .............................................................................................................. 9-4


9-4

Automatic power reduction (APR) and restart ............................................................................................................... 9-5


9-5

10 PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors

PB1 EDFA power booster hardware ................................................................................................................................ 10-1


10-1

Optical specifications ............................................................................................................................................................ 10-2


10-2

Time response parameters ................................................................................................................................................... 10-3


10-3

OSC booster card specifications ....................................................................................................................................... 10-4


10-4

Physical specifications .......................................................................................................................................................... 10-4


10-4

11 PB1 EDFA power booster GUI

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-1


11-1

GUI setup .................................................................................................................................................................................. 11-1


11-1

Parameter description ............................................................................................................................................................ 11-5


11-5

12 PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning

Setting up the PB1 EDFA Power Booster ..................................................................................................................... 12-1


12-1

Basic operating instructions ............................................................................................................................................... 12-4


12-4

GUI software upgrade .......................................................................................................................................................... 12-5


12-5

13 Installation

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1


13-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vi Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rack installation of PB1 EDFA ........................................................................................................................................ 13-2
13-2

Optical connections ............................................................................................................................................................... 13-4


13-4

Electrical connections ........................................................................................................................................................... 13-9


13-9

14 Commissioning

Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 14-1


14-1

Initialization ............................................................................................................................................................................. 14-5


14-5

Checking the line for back-reflections ............................................................................................................................ 14-5


14-5

A RA3P Raman amplifier status codes

Status codes for RA3P Raman amplifier ......................................................................................................................... A-1


A-1

Glossary

Index

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary vii
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
viii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
List of tables

1 Information products related to Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS ...................................................................... xviii

1-1 FDA/CDRH laser classifications ....................................................................................................................... 1-17

1-2 OFCS hazard levels ................................................................................................................................................ 1-18


1-18

1-3 Temperature and humidity levels for transportation (ETSI market) .................................................... 1-33

1-4 Environmental conditions for transportation (ANSI market) ................................................................. 1-34

1-5 Temperature and humidity levels for storage (ETSI market) .................................................................. 1-36

1-6 Environmental conditions for storage (ANSI market) .............................................................................. 1-38

1-7 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ETSI market) ............................................................. 1-54

1-8 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ANSI market) ............................................................ 1-56

2-1 APR scenarios ............................................................................................................................................................. 2-6


2-6

3-1 RA3P Raman hardware available for order ..................................................................................................... 3-1

3-2 RA3P Raman amplifier optical specifications ................................................................................................ 3-3

3-3 RA3P Raman optical ports ..................................................................................................................................... 3-4

3-4 Default parameters and values after Reboot (power ON) ........................................................................... 3-6

3-5 Housekeeping connector pin assignments ........................................................................................................ 3-7

3-6 Line degraded alarm ................................................................................................................................................. 3-8


3-8

3-7 Raman degraded alarm ............................................................................................................................................ 3-9


3-9

3-8 RS232 connector pinouts ..................................................................................................................................... 3-10

3-9 Power connector pin out description ................................................................................................................ 3-10

3-10 Front Panel LEDs .................................................................................................................................................... 3-12


3-12

4-1 ALS Event log codes ................................................................................................................................................ 4-5


4-5

4-2 Status codes of RA3P Raman amplifier .......................................................................................................... 4-13

4-3 ALS Code numbers ................................................................................................................................................ 4-16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary ix
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
List of tables

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-1 RA3P Raman optical ports ..................................................................................................................................... 6-5

7-1 List of RA3P parameters and status .................................................................................................................... 7-2

8-1 RA3P configuration parameters ........................................................................................................................... 8-1

10-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster hardware available for order ......................................................................... 10-1

10-2 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical specifications ........................................................................................ 10-2

10-3 Time response parameters .................................................................................................................................... 10-3

10-4 Booster card specifications .................................................................................................................................. 10-4

10-5 PB1 EDFA Power Booster physical specifications ..................................................................................... 10-4

10-6 PB1 EDFA Power Booster physical specifications ..................................................................................... 10-5

10-7 PB1 Optical connections ...................................................................................................................................... 10-6

10-8 Maintenance connector pin outs ........................................................................................................................ 10-7

10-9 RS232 connector pin outs .................................................................................................................................... 10-8

10-10 PB1 LED indicators ............................................................................................................................................... 10-9


10-9

11-1 Event log code .......................................................................................................................................................... 11-4


11-4

11-2 PB1 EDFA status codes ...................................................................................................................................... 11-10

13-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical ports ......................................................................................................... 13-5

14-1 List of PB1 parameters and status ..................................................................................................................... 14-2

A-1 APR shutdown cause .............................................................................................................................................. A-2

A-2 APR shutdown cause .............................................................................................................................................. A-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
List of figures

1-1 Warning symbols defined for safety instructions: ......................................................................................... 1-5

1-2 Multilabel (1830 PSS-16/PSS-32) .................................................................................................................... 1-11

1-3 Multilabel (1830 PSS-32S) .................................................................................................................................. 1-12

1-4 Multilabel (1830 PSS-36) ................................................................................................................................... 1-13

1-5 Multilabel (PSS-64) .............................................................................................................................................. 1-14


1-14

1-6 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 subrack .......................................................... 1-25

1-7 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 subrack .......................................................... 1-26

1-8 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 subrack .......................................................... 1-27

1-9 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subrack ...................................................... 1-28

1-10 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 subrack .......................................................... 1-29

1-11 ESD bonding point at the ETSI One Rack .................................................................................................... 1-30

1-12 Temperature and humidity levels for storage (ETSI market) .................................................................. 1-37

1-13 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ETSI market) ............................................................. 1-55

1-14 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ANSI market) ............................................................ 1-57

2-1 RA3P Raman amplifier block diagram .............................................................................................................. 2-2

2-2 RA3P Single fiber cut Example ........................................................................................................................... 2-6

3-1 Physical dimensions of the RA3P Raman amplifier ..................................................................................... 3-2

3-2 RA3P front panel and front cover ........................................................................................................................ 3-2

3-3 RA3P Optical Ports ................................................................................................................................................... 3-5


3-5

3-4 Fan failure indication ............................................................................................................................................. 3-14


3-14

3-5 Removal of RA3P Raman side cover .............................................................................................................. 3-15

3-6 RA3P Raman fans label ........................................................................................................................................ 3-16

3-7 New fan placement ................................................................................................................................................. 3-17


3-17

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xi
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-8 Dust Filter replacement ......................................................................................................................................... 3-18
3-18

4-1 RA3P Raman GUI main window ........................................................................................................................ 4-3

4-2 SNMP management .................................................................................................................................................. 4-4


4-4

4-3 Power charts ................................................................................................................................................................ 4-7


4-7

5-1 Example of RA3P Raman amplifier implementation in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 system
................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-25-2
5-2

5-2 Example of optical setup ......................................................................................................................................... 5-4


5-4

6-1 RA3P mounting bracket .......................................................................................................................................... 6-2

6-2 Mounting the RA3P in a rack ................................................................................................................................ 6-3

6-3 RA3P positioning in rack ........................................................................................................................................ 6-4

6-4 Generic optical connection scheme ..................................................................................................................... 6-5

6-5 RA3P Optical connectors ........................................................................................................................................ 6-6

6-6 Optical connection in a 1-Degree R/TOADM ................................................................................................ 6-7

6-7 Optical connection in a 1-Degree FOADM ..................................................................................................... 6-7

6-8 Optical connection in an ILA site with one long span ................................................................................. 6-7

6-9 Optical connection in an ILA site with long spans on both sides ............................................................ 6-8

6-10 Optical connection in a FOADM with one long span .................................................................................. 6-8

6-11 Optical connection in an R/TOADM sites with two long spans .............................................................. 6-9

6-12 Housekeeping connector ......................................................................................................................................... 6-9

6-13 Power supply connectors ...................................................................................................................................... 6-10

6-14 Ethernet connector .................................................................................................................................................. 6-10


6-10

6-15 RS232 connector ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-10


6-10

7-1 Graphical user interface .......................................................................................................................................... 7-2


7-2

7-2 RA3P line connectivity ............................................................................................................................................ 7-5


7-5

9-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster system application ............................................................................................... 9-2

9-2 PB1 EDFA Power Booster block diagram ........................................................................................................ 9-3

9-3 Example of RAMAN/EDFA APR LD reset behavior .................................................................................. 9-7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-4 APR settings for PB1 ............................................................................................................................................... 9-8
9-8

10-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster connectors ............................................................................................................ 10-5

10-2 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical connectors ............................................................................................. 10-6

10-3 PB1 EDFA Power Booster power cable .......................................................................................................... 10-9

10-4 Main GUI — Fan status ..................................................................................................................................... 10-11

11-1 Main GUI window .................................................................................................................................................. 11-3

11-2 SNMP management tab ......................................................................................................................................... 11-4

12-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical set up ....................................................................................................... 12-2

13-1 Mounting bracket .................................................................................................................................................... 13-2


13-2

13-2 Mounting the PB1 in a rack ................................................................................................................................. 13-3

13-3 PB1 positioning in rack ......................................................................................................................................... 13-4

13-4 Generic optical connection scheme .................................................................................................................. 13-5

13-5 RA3P Optical port connections .......................................................................................................................... 13-6

13-6 Optical connection in a 1-Degree R/TOADM .............................................................................................. 13-7

13-7 Optical connection in an ILA site with one long span ............................................................................... 13-7

13-8 Optical connection in an ILA site with long spans on both sides .......................................................... 13-8

13-9 Optical connection in a FOADM with one long span ............................................................................... 13-8

13-10 Optical connection in an R/TOADM sites with two long spans ............................................................ 13-9

13-11 Electrical connections on PB1 EDFA Power booster ................................................................................ 13-9

14-1 Graphical user interface ........................................................................................................................................ 14-2


14-2

14-2 PB1 EDFA line connectivity ............................................................................................................................... 14-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xiii
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xiv Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document
About this document

Purpose
This guide provides detailed information relating to the Raman Amplifier Three-Pumps
Module (RA3P) as well as the Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) power booster.

Reason for reissue


This is the first issue.

Intended audience
This document is intended for the following users of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS
documentation library:
• Network planners
• Administrators
• Operators
• Maintenance personnel
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product is meant to be installed, operated, and maintained
by personnel who have the knowledge, training, and qualifications required to safely
perform the tasks assigned to them. The information, processes, and procedures contained
in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product documentation are intended for use by trained
and qualified personnel.

How to use this document


This User Guide is divided into two parts each containing several chapters. The first part
provides information the describes the safety requirements, product specifications, and
implementation instructions for the RA3P modules. The second part provide information
about the product specifics of the PB1 EDFA power booster.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xv
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Assumptions
This document assumes that users have an understanding of the following:
• Basic principles of telecommunication transmission
• Common telecommunication and system terminology (a glossary is provided in this
manual to assist you)
• Test sets and tools used in the telecommunication industry
• Local operations and functional procedures of your company
• Personal computer (PC) operation, and common PC terminologies

Safety information
For your safety, this document contains safety statements. Safety statements are given at
points where risks of damage to personnel, equipment, and operation may exist. Failure to
follow the directions in a safety statement may result in serious consequences.

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15 Class A


This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a
commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy, and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may
cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a
residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at the user's expense.

Packaging collection and recovery requirements


Countries, states, localities, or other jurisdictions may require that systems be established
for the return and/or collection of packaging waste from the consumer, or other end user,
or from the waste stream. Additionally, reuse, recovery, and/or recycling targets for the
return and/or collection of the packaging waste may be established. For more information
regarding collection and recovery of packaging and packaging waste within specific
jurisdictions, contact the Alcatel-Lucent Environment, Health and Safety organization.

Recycling/take-back/disposal of product and batteries


Electronic products and batteries bearing or referencing the symbols shown below shall
be collected and treated at the end of their useful life, in compliance with applicable
European Union and other local legislation. They shall not be disposed of as part of
unsorted municipal waste. Due to materials that may be contained in the product and
batteries, such as heavy metals, the environment and human health may be negatively
impacted as a result of inappropriate disposal.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xvi Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: For electronic products put on the market in the European Union, a solid bar
under the crossed-out wheeled bin indicates that the product was put on the market
after 13 August 2005.

Note: For batteries put on the market in the European Union, a chemical symbol Hg
(mercury), Cd (cadmium), or Pb (lead), or a combination of those symbols, beneath
the cross-out wheeled bin indicates that the battery contains the corresponding heavy
metals.

Moreover, in compliance with legal requirements and contractual agreements, where


applicable, Alcatel-Lucent will offer to provide for the collection and treatment of
Alcatel-Lucent products bearing the logo at the end of their useful life, or products
displaced by Alcatel-Lucent equipment offers.
For information regarding take-back of equipment by Alcatel-Lucent, or for more
information regarding the requirements for recycling/disposal of a product, please contact
your Alcatel-Lucent account manager. Visit the Alcatel-Lucent Take-Back
(http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/product_takeback) web page, or contact Alcatel-Lucent
Takeback Support (takeback@alcatel-lucent.com). For technical information on product
treatment, consult the Alcatel-Lucent Recycling Information (http://www.alcatel-lucent.
com/product_recycling) web page.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xvii
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Conventions used
The following typographical conventions are used in this guide:

Appearance Description
Italicized text • File and directory names
• Emphasized information
• Titles of publications
• A value that the user supplies
Graphical user interface text or • Text that is displayed in a graphical user interface or
key name in a hardware label
• The name of a key on the keyboard
input text Command names and text that the user types or selects
as input to a system
output text Text that a system displays or prints

Related information

Table 1 Information products related to Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS

Document title Document code

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Safety Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TAZZQ


Provides users of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems with the relevant information
and safety guidelines to safeguard against personal injury. Furthermore, the Safety
Guide is useful to prevent material damage to the equipment. The Safety Guide
must be read by the responsible technical personnel before performing relevant
work on the system. The valid version of the document must always be kept close
to the equipment.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Product Information and Planning Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TQZZA
Presents a detailed overview of the system, describes its applications, gives
planning requirements, engineering rules, ordering information, and technical
specifications.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS User Provisioning Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TCZZA
Provides step-by-step information for use in daily system operations. The manual
demonstrates how to perform system provisioning, operations, and administrative
tasks.

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Maintenance and Trouble-Clearing Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TMZZA


Gives detailed information on each possible alarm message. Furthermore, it
provides procedures for routine maintenance, troubleshooting, diagnostics, and
component replacement.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xviii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1 Information products related to Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS (continued)

Document title Document code

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide (Alcatel-Lucent 8DG-61259-AAAA-TKZZA
1830 PSS-36)
A step-by-step guide to system installation and set up. It also includes information
needed for pre-installation site planning and post-installation acceptance testing.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide (Alcatel-Lucent 8DG-61259-AAAA-TLZZA
1830 PSS-64)
A step-by-step guide to system installation and set up. It also includes information
needed for pre-installation site planning and post-installation acceptance testing.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide (Alcatel-Lucent 8DG-61259-AAAA-TJZZA
1830 PSS-16 and PSS-32)
A step-by-step guide to system installation and set up. It also includes information
needed for pre-installation site planning and post-installation acceptance testing.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS CLI Command Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-THZZA
Provides information about the Command Line Interface (CLI) for Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS and describes the CLI attributes and commands.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Engineering and Planning Tool User Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TEZZA
Provides step-by-step information for use in daily system operations for the EPT.
The manual demonstrates how to perform system provisioning, operations, and
commissioning tasks.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS OCS TL1 Command Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TFZZA
Describes the external TL1 interface for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS in terms of TL1
command, responses, and notification definitions.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Photonics TL1 Command Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TGZZA
Describes the external TL1 interface for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS in terms of TL1
command, responses, and notification definitions.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS GMRE Command Line Interface Guide 8DG-61688-MAAA-TQZZA
Provides information about the Command Line Interface (CLI) of the GMPLS
Routing Engine (GMRE) and describes the CLI attributes and commands.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS GMPLS/GMRE Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TWZZA
Contains information about the GMPLS Routing Engine (GMRE) of the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS; it provides a high-level functional overview of the
GMRE and describes the steps to plan and set up a GMRE-controlled network.

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Quick Reference Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TNZZA


Provides users of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS a streamlined, easy-to-use navigation
aid to facilitate the use of the system.

Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager EMS Reference Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TXZZA


Provides information for accessing the 1354 RM-PhM and using it to configure
and manage the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS network.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xix
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1 Information products related to Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS (continued)

Document title Document code

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS DCN Planning and Engineering Guide (Photonic 8DG-61259-AAAA-TPZZA
applications)
Provides information for the planning and configuration of a Data Communication
Network (DCN) for photonic applications, that is for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16
and Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 systems (WDM).
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS DCN Planning and Engineering Guide (Switching 8DG-61259-AAAA-TRZZA
applications)
Provides information for the planning and configuration of a Data Communication
Network (DCN) for switching applications, that is for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36
and Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 systems (OCS).
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Key Management Tool (KMT) Administrative Guide 8DG-61910-AAAA-TUZZA
Provides information about the steps that an administrator needs to take in order to
set up network sites and elements, and to assign priorities and privileges.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Key Management Tool (KMT) Installation Guide 8DG-61910-AAAA-TSZZA
Provides detailed step-by-step description of how to install the Key Management
Tool including prerequisite SW download and installation.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Key Management Tool (KMT) User Guide 8DG-61910-AAAA-TVZZA
Provides information about how a user can use the KMT to assign keys, rotate the
keys, and access security logs and alarms.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Smart Compact Ethernet Demarcation Device (Smart 8DG-61259-AAAA-TYZZA
cEDD) User Guide
Provides instructions for use and descriptions of the features of the Smart Compact
Ethernet Demarcation Device (Smart cEDD).
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Smart Compact Ethernet Demarcation Device (Smart 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA
cEDD) User Guide
Provides instructions for use and descriptions of the features of the Smart Compact
Ethernet Demarcation Device (Smart cEDD).
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Commissioning and Power Balancing Tool User Guide 8DG-61259-AAAA-TBZZA
Provides instructions for use and descriptions of the features of the Commissioning
and Power Balancing (CPB) Tool.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Electronic Documentation Library 8DG-61259-AAAA-TZZZA
Contains all documents related to Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS in electronic formats.

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Software Release Description This document is delivered with the NE software.

These documents can be downloaded from the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
Site (OLCS) (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com) or through your Local Customer
Support.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xx Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Document support
For support in using this or any other Alcatel-Lucent document, contact Alcatel-Lucent at
one of the following telephone numbers:
• 1-888-582-3688 (for all United States)
• 1-317-377-8618 (for all other countries)

Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support) for contact information.

How to order
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents contact your local sales representative or use Online
Customer Support (OLCS) (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com).

How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatel-
lucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xxi
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Part I: Raman Amplifier
three-pumps module
(RA3P)

Overview
Purpose
This part of the document provides information that describes the safety requirements,
product specifications, and implementation instructions for the RA3P modules.

Contents

Chapter 1, Safety 1-1


Chapter 2, The RA3P Raman amplifier 2-1
Chapter 3, Hardware specifications and connectors 3-1
Chapter 4, RA3P Raman amplifier GUI 4-1
Chapter 5, RA3P installation and commissioning 5-1
Chapter 6, Installation 6-1
Chapter 7, RA3P Commissioning 7-1
Chapter 8, Adjustments and system commissioning with Alcatel-Lucent 1830 8-1
PSS-32

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Raman Amplifier three-pumps module (RA3P) Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
1 Safety
1

Overview
Purpose
This chapter on safety provides users of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems with the
relevant information and safety guidelines to safeguard against personal injury.
Furthermore, this chapter may be useful to prevent material damage to the equipment.
This chapter on safety must be read by the responsible technical personnel before carrying
out relevant work on the system. The valid version of this document must always be kept
close to the equipment.

Contents

General notes on safety 1-3


Structure of safety statements 1-3
Basic safety aspects 1-6
Specific safety areas 1-10
Potential sources of danger 1-10
Laser safety 1-11
Laser product classification 1-16
Equipment grounding 1-21
Electrostatic discharge 1-22
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases 1-31
Transportation 1-32
Storage 1-35
Installation 1-38
Taking into operation 1-44
Operation and maintenance 1-47
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Taking out of operation 1-58


Event of failure 1-60

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Overview
General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

General notes on safety

Overview
Purpose
This section provides general information on the structure of safety instructions and
summarizes general safety requirements.

Contents

Structure of safety statements 1-3


Basic safety aspects 1-6

Structure of safety statements


Overview
This topic describes the components of safety statements that appear in this document.

General structure
Safety statements include the following structural elements:

B C D
CAUTION

MP L E
Lifting hazard E F

SA
Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injury
due to the size and weight of the equipment.
G
Always use three people or a lifting device to transport
and position this equipment. [ABC123]
H

Item Structure element Purpose


1 Safety alert symbol Indicates the potential for personal injury
(optional)
2 Safety symbol Indicates hazard type (optional)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Structure of safety statements
General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Item Structure element Purpose


3 Signal word Indicates the severity of the hazard
4 Hazard type Describes the source of the risk of damage or
injury
5 Safety message Consequences if protective measures fail
6 Avoidance message Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard
7 Identifier The reference ID of the safety statement
(optional)

Signal words
The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows:

Signal word Meaning


DANGER Indicates an extremely hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE Indicates a hazardous situation not related to personal injury.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Structure of safety statements
General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Warning symbols

Figure 1-1 Warning symbols defined for safety instructions:

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 g_sfg_0001

Legend

1 General warning of danger 13 Noxious substance


2 Electric shock 14 Explosion hazard
3 Hazard of laser radiation 15 Falling object hazard

4 Components sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD) 16 Risk of suffocation

5 Electromagnetic radiation 17 Pinch hazard


6 Flammable material / Risk of fire 18 Lifting hazard, heavy object

7 Service disruption hazard 19 Inhalation hazard

8 Laceration hazard 20 Slip hazard


9 Corrosive substance 21 Trip hazard
10 Hazard caused by batteries 22 Hazard of falling

11 Hot surface 23 Arc-flash hazard

12 Heavy overhead load 24 Equipment damage hazard

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Basic safety aspects
General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Basic safety aspects


Purpose
This topic covers basic safety aspects relating to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic
Service Switch (PSS) with which you must be familiar prior to installing or using the
product.

General safety requirements


To reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to equipment, ensure that you read,
understand, and follow the following general safety requirements prior to installing or
using the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS).
• Ensure that transport, storage, installation, and operation of the system are conducted
only under specified permissible conditions. See the accompanying documentation
and information on the system.
• Ensure that installation, configuration, and disassembly of the system are conducted
only by suitably qualified personnel and with reference to the appropriate
documentation. Due to the complexity of the system, personnel require special
training.
• Identify potential hazards prior to starting the installation.
• Ensure that the system is operated only by trained and authorized users. The user must
operate the system only after having read and understood the chapter on safety and the
parts of the documentation relevant to operation. For complex systems, additional
training is recommended. Any obligatory training for operating and service personnel
must be completed and documented.
• Follow all instructions marked on the product, including both general instructions and
the stated methods for avoiding hazards.
• Do not operate the system unless all appropriate safety measures, precautions, and
instructions have been taken or followed. Any faults and errors that might affect
safety must be reported immediately by the user to appropriate personnel responsible
for safety.
• Operate the system only under the environmental conditions and with the connections
described in the documentation.
• Modifications to any part of the system, including software, should be conducted only
by trained and qualified personnel and only in a manner as authorized by
Alcatel-Lucent. Alcatel-Lucent disclaims liability for any damages arising from
unauthorized modifications, and unauthorized modifications may lead to a voiding of
any and all warranties.
• Ensure that only components that are recommended by the manufacturer and are
listed in the procurement documents are used.
• Avoid use of non-system software. The use or installation of non-system software can
adversely affect the normal functioning of the system.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Basic safety aspects
General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Use tested and virus-free data carriers (memory sticks, DVDs, CDs, …) only.
• Ensure that any work that has any impact on safety facilities, the clearance of faults,
and the maintenance of equipment are carried out only by trained and qualified
personnel and in conjunction with the appropriate documentation. Use only approved
measuring and test equipment.
• Ensure that calibrations, special tests after repairs, and regular safety checks are
conducted, documented, and archived.
• Use only specified chemicals or materials.
• Consult material safety data sheets (MSDSs) or the equivalent information when
working with hazardous chemicals.

Summary of important safety instructions


Observe the following safety instructions, which are of particular importance for
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems:
• The equipment is to be installed only in Restricted Access Areas in business and
customer premises for applications in accordance with Articles 110-18, 110-26 and
110-27 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPANo.70, IEC 60950-1, IEC
60825-2, EN 60950-1 and EN 60825-2. Other installations exempt from the
enforcement of the National Electrical Code may be engineered according to the
accepted practices of the local telecommunications utility.
1830 PSS-36 and 1830 PSS-64 are also compliant to UL60950-1 and CSA60950-1.
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems contain optical circuit packs that can emit laser
radiation assessed as IEC Hazard Level 3A or IEC Hazard Level 1M.
Therefore, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems must be installed in restricted locations,
according to IEC 60825-2 and EN 60825-2, where there is no ready access to the
general public, but only to authorized persons who have received adequate training in
laser safety.
• This product should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the
marking label.
• This equipment must be provided with a readily accessible disconnect device as part
of the building installation.
• This equipment is intended to be provided with an appropriate branch circuit
protection on both the A and B –48/–60 V DC input feeds as follows:
– 40 A (max.) for the 1830 PSS-16 system
– 80 A (max.) for the 1830 PSS-32 system
– 3 × 50 A (max.) for the 1830 PSS-32S system
– 3 × 50 A (max.) for the 1830 PSS-36 system
– 3 × 100 A (max.) for the 1830 PSS-64 system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Basic safety aspects
General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Disconnect up to six (6) power supply connections when removing power from the
system.
• Installation must include an independent frame ground drop to the building ground.
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guides which
are available for PSS-16/32/32S, PSS-36, and PSS-64.
• During installation and handling (for example transport), heavy equipment like racks
or pre-installed subracks must be secured to avoid tipping over.
• For information on proper mounting instructions, consult the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS
Installation and System Turn-Up Guides which are available for PSS-16/32/32S,
PSS-36, and PSS-64.
• Install only equipment identified in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and
System Turn-Up Guides for PSS-16/32/32S, PSS-36, and PSS-64 provided with this
product. Use of other equipment may result in improper connection of circuitry
leading to fire or injury to persons.
• To reduce the risk of electrical shock, do not disassemble this product. Installation and
service should be performed by trained personnel only. Opening or removing covers
or circuit boards may expose you to dangerous voltages or other risks. Incorrect
re-assembly can cause electrical shock when the unit is subsequently used.
If a system with dual power feed is operated with only one Power Supply, Filter, and
Clock Interface Card (PSF3T8) and Fan Unit (FAN3T8), electrical connectors on the
backplane carrying a voltage of –48 V DC can be touched. This can cause electric
shocks. Always use both Power Supply, Filter, and Clock Interface Cards (PSF3T8)
and Fan Units (FAN3T8) to ensure safe operation.
• Slots and openings in this product are provided for ventilation. To protect the product
from overheating, these openings must not be blocked or covered. This product
should not be placed in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided.
• Never push objects of any kind into this product through slots as they may touch
dangerous voltage points or short-out parts, which could result in a risk of fire or
electrical shock.
• Never spill liquids of any kind on the product.
• Never install telecommunication wiring during a lightning storm.
• Never install telecommunication connections in wet locations.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Basic safety aspects
General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Personal protective equipment

Protection against hazardous laser radiation


In DWDM systems which use Raman amplifiers hazard
levels in excess of 1M are very likely to occur, and the
use of appropriate protective glasses is strongly
recommended.

Protection against acoustic noise


Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems are designed for the
operation in unattended offices. However, in lab
environments, where multiple systems are operated in
parallel, based on national regulations hearing protection
may be necessary.
To protect yourself against acoustic noise, wear hearing
protection.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Overview
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Specific safety areas

Overview
Purpose
The aspects of “laser safety” and “handling of components sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD)” are of vital importance for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS equipment.
Therefore, the key safety instructions for these subjects are summarized in the following.

Contents

Potential sources of danger 1-10


Laser safety 1-11
Laser product classification 1-16
Equipment grounding 1-21
Electrostatic discharge 1-22

Potential sources of danger


The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS equipment fulfils all national and international safety
requirements in the countries where the product is sold. The system is provided with a
high degree of operational safety resulting from many years of development experience
and continuous stringent quality checks in our company.
The equipment is safe in normal operation. There are, however, some potential sources of
danger that cannot be completely eliminated. In particular, these arise during the:
• opening of housings or equipment covers
• manipulation of any kind within the equipment, even if it has been disconnected from
the power supply
• transportation of subracks and racks
• disconnection of optical or electrical connections.
through the following:
• contact with live parts
• laser light
• contact with hot surfaces
• contact with sharp edges
• acoustic noise.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser safety
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Laser safety
System design
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS system complies with the regulations FDA/CDRH 21 CFR
1040.10 and 1040.11 issued by the Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH)
of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as a Class I laser product and with the
IEC/UL/CSA/EN 60825-1 standards as a Class 1 Optical Fiber Telecommunication laser
product.
The system has been designed to help ensure that the operating personnel are not
endangered by laser radiation during normal system operation. The safety measures
specified in the FDA/CDRH regulations and the international standards IEC 60825-Part 1
and 2, respectively, are met.

Labels
1830 PSS-16/PSS-32
The following figure shows the multilabel affixed on the rear of the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-16 and Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 subrack. It includes the laser warning
label.

Figure 1-2 Multilabel (1830 PSS-16/PSS-32)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser safety
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: Here, the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 shelf label is shown. Safety information
on shelf labels for 1830 PSS-16 and PSS-32 is identical, only the list of supported
power supplies is different.
1830 PSS-32S
The following figure shows the multilabel affixed on the rear of the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32S subrack. It includes the laser warning label.

Figure 1-3 Multilabel (1830 PSS-32S)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser safety
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36
The following figure shows the multilabel affixed on the rear of the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-36 subrack. It includes the laser warning label.

Figure 1-4 Multilabel (1830 PSS-36)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-13
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser safety
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-64
The following figure shows the multilabel affixed on the rear of the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-64 subrack. It includes the laser warning label.

Figure 1-5 Multilabel (PSS-64)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser safety
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Potential sources of danger
Beware of the following potential sources of danger which will remain despite all safety
measures taken:
• Laser radiation can cause damage to the skin and eyes.
• Laser radiation from optical transmission systems is in a wavelength range that is
invisible to the human eye.

Laser classes
The maximum output power of laser radiation depends on the type of laser diode used.
The international standards IEC/UL/CSA/EN 60825-1, respectively, as well as the
FDA/CDRH regulations define the maximum output power of laser radiation for each
laser class in accordance with the wavelength.
The classification scheme is based on the ability of the laser emission or the reflected
laser emission to cause injury to the eye or skin during normal operating conditions.

Laser safety instructions


During service, maintenance, or restoration, an optical fiber telecommunication system is
considered unenclosed.
When working at an unenclosed system, observe the following instructions to avoid
exposing yourself and others to risk:
• Only authorized, trained personnel must be permitted to do service, maintenance, and
restoration. All unauthorized personnel must be excluded from the immediate area of
the optical fiber telecommunication systems during installation and service.
• Read the relevant descriptions in the manuals before taking equipment into operation
or carrying out any installation and maintenance work on the optical port units, and
follow the instructions. Ignoring the instructions may result in hazardous laser
radiation exposure.
• Do not view directly into the laser beam with optical instruments such as a fiber
microscope, because viewing of laser emission in excess of Class 1 limits
significantly increases the risk of eye damage.
• Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or an open connector as long as the
optical source is still switched on.
• Ensure that the optical source is switched off before disconnecting optical fiber
connectors.
• If you are not sure that the optical source is switched off, check to ensure that the
optical switch is switched off by measuring the output power with an optical power
meter.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-15
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser safety
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Laser radiation

WARNING
Laser hazard
Devices that are designated as having hazard level 1M laser radiation can cause damage
to eyes.
Do not view directly with non-attenuating optical instruments.

WARNING
Laser hazard
Use of controls, adjustments, and procedures other than those specified herein may result
in hazardous laser radiation exposure.

WARNING
Laser hazard
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 MDIO connections are not protected and may defeat the
Automatic (Optical) Power Reduction (APR) when a fault occurs in the power filter or
associated circuitry, and when repairs are being made to the power filter module on
which the MDIO connector is located.

Laser product classification


Standards compliance
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product complies with the applicable IEC standards and the
Food and Drug Administration’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health
(FDA/CDRH) regulations. The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product conforms to Class 1
Laser Product according to IEC standards and FDA/CDRH regulations.

FDA/CDRH regulations
Laser products are classified in accordance with the FDA/CDRH - 21 CFR 1010 and
1040. The classification scheme is based on the ability of the laser emission to cause
injury to the eye or skin during normal operating conditions.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-16 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser product classification
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the United States, lasers and laser systems in the infrared wavelength range (greater
than 700 nm) are assigned to one of the following classes. Please refer to “FDA/CDRH
laser classification” (p. 1-17):
• Class I
• Class IIIb
• Class IV
Laser classification is dependent upon operating wavelength, output power and fiber
mode field diameter (core diameter).

IEC requirements
The International Electro-Technical Commission (IEC) establishes standards for the
electrical and electronic industries. The IEC 60825-Part 1 and 2 have been established for
the worldwide safety of laser products.
According to the IEC classification, lasers and laser systems in the infrared wavelength
range (greater than 700 nm) are assigned to one of the following classes. Refer to “OFCS
hazard levels” (p. 1-18):
• Class 1
• Class 1M
• Class 3R
• Class 3B
• Class 4

FDA/CDRH laser classification


Laser classification is dependent upon the following: operating wavelength, output power,
fiber core/mode field diameter, and time base. Other parameters may be required for
non-fibered laser products, such as beam divergence/diameter.
The following table cites the FDA/CDRH classification of typical Alcatel-Lucent laser
products at the designated wavelengths that terminate into a single-mode 8.8 μm mode
field diameter fiber. Different mode field diameters and multimode fibers will yield
different optical power levels.

Table 1-1 FDA/CDRH laser classifications

Laser class Wavelength Max. output power of laser radiation


I 1310 nm 1.53 mW +1.85 dBm
1550 nm 8.52 mW +9.3 dBm
IIIb 1310 nm 500 mW +27 dBm
1550 nm 500 mW +27 dBm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-17
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser product classification
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-1 FDA/CDRH laser classifications (continued)

Laser class Wavelength Max. output power of laser radiation


IV 1310 nm > 500 mW > +27 dBm
1550 nm > 500 mW > +27 dBm

Explanatory note: In the United States, lasers and laser systems are assigned to one of the
following classes: Roman numerals I, IIa, II, IIIa, IIIb, and IV. Classes I, IIIb and IV
apply to lasers of all wavelengths. Classes IIa, II and IIIa apply only to those lasers
operating within the visible wavelength range (400-700 nm). Alcatel-Lucent laser
products typically operate in the infrared wavelength range (greater than 700 nm) and,
therefore, are primarily in the Class I or Class IIIb classifications.

OFCS hazard levels


The maximum mean power for each hazard level for the most important wavelengths and
optical fiber types used in optical fiber communications (OFCS) (see “Hazard level
assignment” (p. 1-19)) is presented in the following table from IEC 60825-2 standard. For
an OFCS, the hazard level from IEC 60825-2 is closely related to the laser classification
procedure in IEC 60825-1.
Table 1-2 OFCS hazard levels

Wavelength and Hazard level


fiber type
1 1M 2 2M 3R 3B

633 nm (MM) 0,39 mW 3,9 mW 1 mW 10 mW See “Terms and 500 mW


Definitions” 3.9 in
(-4,1 dBm) (+5,9 dBm) (0 dBm) (+ 10 dBm) (+27 dBm)
the Standard

780 nm (MM) 0,57 mW 5,6 mW - - 500 mW


(-2,5 dBm) (+7,5 dBm) (+27 dBm)

850 nm (MM) 0,78 mW 7,8 mW - - 500 mW


(-1,1 dBm) (+8,9 dBm) (+27 dBm)
980 nm (MM) 1,42 mW 14,1 mW - - 500 mW
(+1,53 dBm) (+11,5 dBm) (+27 dBm)

980 nm (SM) 1,42 mW 2,66 mW - - 7,26 mW 500 mW


(+1,53 dBm) (+4,2 dBm) (+8,6 dBm) (+27 dBm)
1310 nm (MM) 15,6 mW 156 mW - - 500 mW
(+12 dBm) (+21,9 dBm) (+27 dBm)
1310 nm (SM) 15,6 mW 42,8 mW - - 80 mW 500 mW
(+12 dBm) (+16,3 dBm) (+19 dBm) (+27 dBm)
1400 nm ... 1600 10 mW 384 mW - - 500 mW
nm (MM) (+10 dBm) (+25,8 dBm) (+27 dBm)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-18 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser product classification
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-2 OFCS hazard levels (continued)

Wavelength and Hazard level


fiber type
1 1M 2 2M 3R 3B

1420 nm (SM) 10 mW 115 mW - - 500 mW


(+10 dBm) (+20,6 dBm) (+27 dBm)

1550 nm (SM) 10 mW 136 mW - 500 mW


(+10 dBm) (+21,3 dBm) (+27 dBm)

Notes:
1. Class 3R only exists if the maximum power is within five times the Accessible Emission Limit (AEL) of
Class 1. Please refer to the IEC 60825-1 Ed. 2.0 (2007) and IEC 60825-2 Ed. 3.1 (2007) standards for
detailed information.
2. The fibre parameters used are the most conservative case. Listed figures for the λ = 1310 and 1550 nm are
calculated for a fibre 11 microns mode field diameter (MFD) and those for λ = 980 nm are for 7 microns
MFD.
3. Many systems operating at 1550 nm with the use of erbium doped fibre amplifiers (EDFAs) pumped by 1480
nm or 980 nm lasers use transmission fibres with smaller MFDs. For example, 1550 nm dispersion shifted
fibre cables have upper limit values of MFD of 9,1 microns.

Hazard level assignment


“Hazard level” refers to the potential hazard from laser emission at any location in an
end-to-end optical fiber communication system that may be accessible during service or
in the event of a failure. The assignment of hazard level uses the AELs for the classes.
Hazard levels for optical transmission equipment are assigned in either of the following
two ways:
• The actual output power from the connector or the fiber cut.
• If automatic power reduction is used, the output power at the connector or fiber cut at
one second after automatic power reduction takes place, provided that maximum
output and restart conditions are met.

Classification of optical telecommunication equipment


Optical telecommunication equipment is generally classified as IEC Class 1 or
FDA/CDRH Class I, because under normal operating conditions the transmitter ports
terminate on optical fiber connectors. These are covered by a front panel to ensure
protection against emissions from any energized, unterminated transmitter.
The circuit packs themselves, however, may be IEC Class 1 or 1M or FDA/CDRH Class I
or Class IIIb. The laser class is used to determine the assignment of the hazard level.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-19
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser product classification
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to IEC 60825-1 Edition 2.0 (2007) standard, Class 1 laser products are safe
under reasonably foreseeable conditions, and according to the FDA/CDRH - 21 CFR
1040 standard, Class I levels of laser radiation are not considered to be hazardous.

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS WDM circuit pack classification


Classifications for the following Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS WDM circuit packs are IEC
Class 1M and FDA/CDRH Class IIIB:
• ALPHG
• AHPHG
• AHPLG
• CWR8
• CWR8B
• CWR8-88
• WR8-88A
• WR8-88AF
• WR2-88
• AM2325A
• ALPFGT
• AM2125A
• AM2125B
• AM2318A
• A2P2125 Hybrid Amplifier
• MESH4
• RA2P
Based on the above, individual packs are affixed with a small “Hazard Level 1M” label
shown in the following illustration. Additional laser safety warnings are listed on product
shelf labeling, see Figure 1-5, “Multilabel (PSS-64) ” (p. 1-14) and Figure 1-2,
“Multilabel (1830 PSS-16/PSS-32)” (p. 1-11).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-20 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Laser product classification
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

All other Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS WDM circuit packs are IEC Class 1 and FDA/CDRH
Class I and, therefore, are assigned a hazard level 1.

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS TDM circuit pack and module classification


Classifications for the following Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS TDM circuit packs and
modules are IEC Class 1M and FDA/CDRH Class IIIB:
• 130SCUP
• 11QCUPC
• 24ANMB
• 24ET1GB
• 8ET1GB
• 10SD10G
• 24SDM
• XS-64.2b
• CFP Single Rate 10x10G over ribbon cable
• X11MDTSZC
• SFP+ 10GE (–5/85°C) over MMF
• SFP+ 10GE (–5/85°C) over 10 km MMF
All other Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS TDM circuit packs are IEC Class 1 and FDA/CDRH
Class I and, therefore, are assigned a hazard level 1.

Equipment grounding
Importance of proper grounding
An essential aspect for both personal safety and equipment integrity is proper grounding.
To avoid differences of potential, a common ground (GRD) is used for all system part
including peripheral equipment, such as a craft terminal for example.
For safety reasons, each touchable metallic part is connected to GRD by design.
See the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide for more
detailed information regarding grounding.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-21
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Equipment grounding
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CAUTION
Electric-shock hazard
If the system is not installed in MESH-BN grounding environment but in a star grounding
scheme, all electrical cables such as LAN or timing cables can carry dangerous electrical
current on their shielding.
Take extreme care when plugging or unplugging electrical cables in installations with
star grounding. Never touch grounded parts of the system with one hand when plugging
or unplugging electrical cables with the other hand.

NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS system is designed to permit the connection of the grounded
conductor of the DC supply circuit to the grounding conductor at the equipment.
1. This equipment must be connected directly to the DC supply system grounding
electrode conductor or to a bonding jumper from a grounding terminal bar or bus to
which the DC supply system grounding electrode conductor is connected.
2. This equipment must be located in the same immediate area (such as, adjacent
cabinets) as any other equipment that has a connection between the grounded
conductor of the same DC supply circuit and the grounding conductor, and also the
point of grounding of the DC system. The DC system shall not be grounded elsewhere.
3. The DC supply source is to be located within the same premises as this equipment.
4. There must be no switching or disconnection devices in the grounded circuit
conductor between the DC source and the point of connection of the grounding
electrode conductor.

Electrostatic discharge
Introduction
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), caused by touching with the hand for example, can destroy
semiconductor components. The correct operation of the complete system is then no
longer assured.
Industry experience has shown that all semiconductor components can be damaged by
static electricity that builds up on work surfaces and personnel. The electrostatic
discharge can also affect the components indirectly via contacts or conductor tracks. The
electrostatic charges are produced by various charging effects of movement and contact

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-22 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
with other objects. Dry air allows greater static charges to accumulate. Higher potentials
are measured in areas with low relative humidity, but potentials high enough to cause
damage can occur anywhere.

The barred-hand symbol


Circuit packs containing components that are especially sensitive to electrostatic
discharge are identified by warning labels bearing the barred-hand symbol.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-23
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ESD instructions

NOTICE
ESD hazard
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can permanently destroy semiconductor components.
Observe the following ESD instructions to avoid damage to electrostatic-sensitive
components:
• Assume that all solid-state components and assemblies are sensitive to ESD.
• Wear working garment made of 100% cotton to avoid electrostatic charging.
• Touch the circuit packs at the edges or the insertion and removal facilities only.
• Touch the SFP or XFP modules at the edges only.
• Ensure that the rack is grounded.
• Wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap (connected to the rack ESD bonding point,
for example).
• Work in an ESD safe work area or workstation. An ESD safe work area should be
equipped with a grounded ESD wrist strap and a grounded ESD mat or ESD
dissipative work surface.
A grounded ESD mat or work surface must have a ground cord with one end attached
to the mat or surface and the other end connected to a ground point (the rack ESD
bonding point, for example). Do not work with ESD sensitive devices unless the area
is properly equipped.
• Conductively connect all test equipment and trolleys to the rack ESD bonding point.
• Store and ship circuit packs and components in their shipping packaging. Circuit
packs and components must be packed and unpacked only at workplaces suitably
protected against build-up of charge.
• Whenever possible, maintain the relative humidity of air above 20%.

NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
At the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subrack, if there is any damage on the cable jackets
(e.g. cutting or scratching due to vibration or installation) there is the risk to short cut
–48VDC with RTN or GND.
Always check the cable jackets at the strain relief brackets at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-32S power supply filters.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-24 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Electric shock

DANGER
Electric-shock hazard
The 4-mm banana plug at the end of the ESD wrist-strap cord is intended to be only used
for connecting to the ESD jack on the rack/subrack ESD bonding point. Connecting the
banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply units may lead to the
risk of electric shock.
Never connect the banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply
units.

Figure 1-6 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 subrack

Legend:

A ESD bonding point

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-25
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 1-7 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 subrack

Legend:

A ESD bonding point

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-26 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 1-8 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 subrack

Legend:

A ESD bonding point

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-27
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 1-9 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subrack

Legend:

A ESD bonding point

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-28 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 1-10 ESD bonding point at the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 subrack

Legend:

A ESD bonding point

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-29
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Electrostatic discharge
Specific safety areas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 1-11 ESD bonding point at the ETSI One Rack

A
Legend:

2 ETSI One Rack bottom frame


A ESD bonding point

Note: For working on ANSI installation (SNBF rack) use the ESD bonding point at
the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS subrack.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-30 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Status codes for RA3P Raman amplifier
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Safety requirements in specific deployment phases

Overview
Purpose
To enable rapid orientation, safety instructions are given on the following pages, which
are assigned to various stages in the life cycle of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS equipment
(“deployment phases”).

Deployment phases
The instructions are arranged according to the following deployment phases:
• “Transportation” (p. 1-32)
• “Storage” (p. 1-35)
• “Installation” (p. 1-38)
• “Taking into operation” (p. 1-44)
• “Operation and maintenance” (p. 1-47)
• “Taking out of operation” (p. 1-58)
• “Event of failure” (p. 1-60)

Contents

Transportation 1-32
Storage 1-35
Installation 1-38
Taking into operation 1-44
Operation and maintenance 1-47
Taking out of operation 1-58
Event of failure 1-60

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-31
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Transportation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Transportation
Weight

WARNING
Risk of injury due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 subrack weighs up to 125 kg (276 lbs), a
fully equipped rack up to 215 kg (474 lbs). A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36
or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subrack weighs up to 84.5 kg (186.3 lbs). A rack
equipped with two Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subracks
weighs up to 259 kg (571 lbs). Although Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 and Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 subracks weigh less, a fully equipped subrack can still weigh more than
30 kg (66 lbs).
Such a fully equipped rack or subrack can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked
over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people and/or a lifting device to transport and position
the rack or subrack.

NOTICE
Damage to system components due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped rack or subrack can cause serious damage to the rack or subrack if it is
knocked over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people or a lifting device to transport and position the
rack or subrack.

Packaging

NOTICE
Adverse effect on operation due to incorrect packaging
Dampness and soiling can cause corrosion or tracking paths which can result in
malfunctioning of the system components. Shocks can cause damage.
Protect the system components against dampness, soiling, and shocks. Use the original
dissipative packaging if possible.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-32 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Transportation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Environmental conditions

NOTICE
Damage to system components under extreme environmental conditions
Extreme environmental conditions can damage system components and cause
malfunctioning.
Ensure that the climatic limits for transportation and storage of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS
equipment are complied with during transportation; please see “Environmental
conditions for transportation” (p. 1-33).

Environmental conditions for transportation


ETSI market
For the transportation phase, the requirements according to the ETSI Standard
EN 300 019-1-2, class 2.3 “Public transportation” are met. This class applies to
transportation where no special precautions have been taken. The conditions covered
include transportation in unventilated enclosures and in non-weather-protected conditions
with restrictions on the general open-air climates, excluding cold climates.
For quick reference, Table 1-3, “Temperature and humidity levels for transportation
(ETSI market)” (p. 1-33) shows the most important climatic values specified in the
requirement.

Table 1-3 Temperature and humidity levels for transportation (ETSI market)

Conditions Limits

Low air temperature –40°C (–40°F)


High air temperature in unventilated enclosures 70°C (158°F)
High air temperature in ventilated enclosures or outdoor 40°C (104°F)
air

Relative humidity not combined with rapid temperature 95% at 45°C (113°F)
changes

Relative humidity combined with rapid temperature 95% at –40°C to 30°C (–40 to 86°F)
changes air/air

Absolute humidity combined with rapid temperature 60 g/m3 at 70°C to 15°C (158 to 58°F)
changes air/air

ANSI market
For the transportation phase, the following specifics of Telcordia ® Requirement
GR-63-CORE are met:
• R4-3 [69]: Low-temperature exposure and shock (packaged equipment)
• R4-4 [71]: High relative humidity exposure (packaged)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-33
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Transportation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• R4-5 [70]: High-temperature exposure and thermal shock (packaged equipment)
• R4-65 [107]: Category A containers (<100 kg), packaged shock/drop criteria
• R4-66 [108]: Category B containers (>100 kg), shock/drop criteria
• R4-67 [109]: Unpackaged shock/drop criteria
• R4-83 [124]: Transportation vibration, no physical damage
For quick reference, Table 1-4, “Environmental conditions for transportation (ANSI
market)” (p. 1-34) shows the most important limits specified in the requirement.

Table 1-4 Environmental conditions for transportation (ANSI market)

Conditions Limits

Low air temperature (uncontrolled humidity) –40°C (–40°F)

Low air temperature change (uncontrolled humidity) 23°C to –40°C (73°F to –40°F) with a change rate of
30°C (54°F) per hour

–40°C to 23°C (–40 °F to 73°F) within less than 5


minutes
High air temperature (uncontrolled humidity) 70°C (158°F)
High air temperature change (uncontrolled humidity) 23°C to 70°C (73°F to 158°F) with a change rate of 30°C
(54°F) per hour
70°C to 23°C (158°F to 73°F) within less than 5 minutes
Air temperature change (at a relative humidity of 50%) 23°C to 40°C (73°F to 104°F) with a change rate of 30°C
(54°F) per hour

40°C to 23°C (104°F to 73°F) with a change rate of 30°C


(54°F) per hour
Relative humidity not combined with rapid temperature 93% at 40°C (104°F)
changes
Relative humidity change 93% to 50% at 40°C (104°F) within less than 2 hours

50% to 93% at 40°C (104°F) within less than 2 hours


Robustness against mechanical shocks (fully equipped Permissible drop height for packaged equipment: 100
rack or subrack) mm (3.9 in)
Permissible drop height for unpackaged equipment: 2.5
mm (1 in)

Vibration levels which can typically be expected during


transportation.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-34 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Storage
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Storage
Weight

WARNING
Risk of injury due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 subrack weighs up to 125 kg (276 lbs), a
fully equipped rack up to 215 kg (474 lbs). A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36
or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subrack weighs up to 84.5 kg (186.3 lbs). A rack
equipped with two Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subracks
weighs up to 259 kg (571 lbs). Although Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 and Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 subracks weigh less, a fully equipped subrack can still weigh more than
30 kg (66 lbs).
Such a fully equipped rack or subrack can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked
over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people and/or a lifting device to transport and position
the rack or subrack.

NOTICE
Damage to system components due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped rack or subrack can cause serious damage to the rack or subrack if it is
knocked over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people or a lifting device to transport and position the
rack or subrack.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

NOTICE
ESD hazard
Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge.
Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original
dissipative packaging if possible. Always observe the ESD instructions (see “Electrostatic
discharge” (p. 1-22)).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-35
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Storage
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Packaging

NOTICE
Adverse effect on operation due to incorrect packaging
Dampness and soiling can cause corrosion or tracking paths which can result in
malfunctioning of the system components. Shocks can cause damage.
Protect the system components against dampness, soiling, and shocks. Use the original
dissipative packaging if possible.

Environmental conditions

NOTICE
Damage to system components under extreme environmental conditions
Extreme environmental conditions can damage system components and cause
malfunctioning.
Ensure that the climatic limits for transportation and storage of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS
equipment are complied with during storage; please see “Environmental conditions for
storage” (p. 1-36).

Environmental conditions for storage


ETSI market
For the storage phase, the requirements according to the ETSI Standard EN 300 019-1-1,
class 1.2 “Weather-protected, not temperature-controlled storage locations” are met. This
class applies to weather-protected storage having neither temperature nor humidity
control. The location may have openings directly to the open air, that means, it may be
only partly weather-protected.
For quick reference, Table 1-5, “Temperature and humidity levels for storage (ETSI
market)” (p. 1-36) shows the most important climatic values specified in the requirement.
The related climatogram is shown in Figure 1-12, “Temperature and humidity levels for
storage (ETSI market)” (p. 1-37).

Table 1-5 Temperature and humidity levels for storage (ETSI market)

Conditions Limits

Low air temperature –25°C (–13°F)

High air temperature 55°C (131°F)

Low relative humidity 10%

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-36 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Storage
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-5 Temperature and humidity levels for storage (ETSI market)
(continued)

Conditions Limits

High relative humidity 100%

Rate of temperature change 0.5 K/min (0.9°F/min)

Figure 1-12 Temperature and humidity levels for storage (ETSI market)

o o
F C
194 90
176 80
158 70
140 60
122 50
104 40
86 30 29
68 20
50 10 4
32 0
14 –10
–4 –20 3
0.5
–22 –30
–40 –40
–58 –50

1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

2 g-pipg-0281

Legend:

1 Air temperature
2 Relative air humidity [%]

3 Absolute air humidity [g/m3]


4 Conditions for storage

ANSI market
For the storage phase, the following specifics of Telcordia ® Requirement GR-63-CORE
are met:
• R4-3 [69]: Low-temperature exposure and shock (packaged equipment)
• R4-4 [71]: High relative humidity exposure (packaged)
• R4-5 [70]: High-temperature exposure and thermal shock (packaged equipment)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-37
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Storage
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For quick reference, Table 1-6, “Environmental conditions for storage (ANSI market)”
(p. 1-38) shows the most important limits specified in the requirement.

Table 1-6 Environmental conditions for storage (ANSI market)

Conditions Limits

Low air temperature (uncontrolled humidity) –40°C (–40°F)

Low air temperature change (uncontrolled humidity) 23°C to –40°C (73°F to –40°F) with a change rate of
30°C (54°F) per hour

–40°C to 23°C (–40 °F to 73°F) within less than 5


minutes
High air temperature (uncontrolled humidity) 70°C (158°F)

High air temperature change (uncontrolled humidity) 23°C to 70°C (73°F to 158°F) with a change rate of 30°C
(54°F) per hour

70°C to 23°C (158°F to 73°F) within less than 5 minutes


Air temperature change (at a relative humidity of 50%) 23°C to 40°C (73°F to 104°F) with a change rate of 30°C
(54°F) per hour

40°C to 23°C (104°F to 73°F) with a change rate of 30°C


(54°F) per hour
Relative humidity not combined with rapid temperature 93% at 40°C (104°F)
changes
Relative humidity change 93% to 50% at 40°C (104°F) within less than 2 hours

50% to 93% at 40°C (104°F) within less than 2 hours

Installation
Risk of electric shock

WARNING
Electric-shock hazard
Risk of short circuits when power is supplied to the High Power Connection, Fuse &
Alarm Panel (HPCFAP) during the installation of subrack power cables. Contact with
energized parts can cause serious personal injury.
Before connecting any subrack power cables be sure that all circuit breakers that are
located in the HPCFAP are in the OFF position.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-38 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Installation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Weight

WARNING
Risk of injury due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 subrack weighs up to 125 kg (276 lbs), a
fully equipped rack up to 215 kg (474 lbs). A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36
or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subrack weighs up to 84.5 kg (186.3 lbs). A rack
equipped with two Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subracks
weighs up to 259 kg (571 lbs). Although Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 and Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 subracks weigh less, a fully equipped subrack can still weigh more than
30 kg (66 lbs).
Such a fully equipped rack or subrack can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked
over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people and/or a lifting device to transport and position
the rack or subrack.

NOTICE
Damage to system components due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped rack or subrack can cause serious damage to the rack or subrack if it is
knocked over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people or a lifting device to transport and position the
rack or subrack.

Laser warning labels

WARNING
Laser hazard
Warning labels on the system and especially on the optical components warn of the
dangers of invisible laser radiation. Removed, concealed or illegible labels can lead to
incorrect action and thus cause serious injuries to the eyes of operating staff.
Ensure that the laser warning labels are not removed or concealed and are always clearly
legible.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-39
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Installation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Acoustic noise

WARNING
Acoustic noise hazard
The operation of more than one system could cause noise levels in working environments
(for example system test floors) that are harmful to human beings.
The infrastructure of such facilities needs to take care for the protection of work force in
that environment. National laws and regulations for safe working places need to be taken
into account.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

NOTICE
ESD hazard
Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge.
Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always
observe the ESD instructions (see “Electrostatic discharge” (p. 1-22)).

Condensation

NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
Condensation can occur in the network element or its components during transport,
especially on moving from outside to closed rooms; this can cause malfunctioning,
short-circuits or other damages of the circuit packs.
Ensure that circuit packs and subracks have reached at least the cold start temperature of
the system and are dry before taking them into operation. The cold start temperature of
the system is –5°C (+23°F); see the section “Climatic conditions for stationary
operation” (p. 1-53).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-40 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Installation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Electric shock

DANGER
Electric-shock hazard
The 4-mm banana plug at the end of the ESD wrist-strap cord is intended to be only used
for connecting to the ESD jack on the rack/subrack ESD bonding point. Connecting the
banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply units may lead to the
risk of electric shock.
Never connect the banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply
units.

Risk of pinching

CAUTION
Pinch hazard
Your fingers can be pinched when sliding in the fan unit.
Do not place your fingers on top/bottom of the fan unit when sliding it into the subrack.

Overcurrent protecting device

NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
If the wrong type of circuit breaker is used with this equipment, the equipment may be
severely damaged due to overcurrent.
Always ensure that the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 subrack is installed in combination
with a Power Distribution Unit - ETSI or Power Distribution Unit - ANSI (PDU1C,
PDU2C), respectively. The circuitbreakers used in the PDU1C/PDU2C allow a maxium
current of 50 A.
Never install the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 subrack in combination with a High Power
Connection Fuse and Alarm Panel (HPCFAP). The circuitbreakers used in the HPCFAP
allow a maxium current of 100 A.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-41
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Installation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Over-voltage damage

NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
Potential over-voltage damage to equipment from OSP (outside plant) connections
The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly are suitable for connection to
intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building ports of the
equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that
connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building
interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089) and require isolation
from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient
protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly must use shielded
intra-building cabling/wiring that is grounded at both ends.
If Type 2, 3a/5a, 4, or 4a ports of the equipment, or subassembly require a shielded cable,
intra-building ports of the equipment, or subassembly, are suitable only for connection to
shielded intra-building cabling that is grounded at both ends. This requirement applies to
paired conductor interfaces as well as coaxial interfaces.

NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
If the wrong type of circuit breaker is used with this equipment, the equipment may be
severely damaged due to overcurrent.
Always ensure that the system is installed in combination with the correct Power
Distribution Unit - ETSI or Power Distribution Unit - ANSI (PDU1C, PDU2C),
respectively. The circuit breakers used in the PDU1C/PDU2C allow a maxium current of
50 A.
Never install the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 subrack in combination with a High Power
Connection Fuse and Alarm Panel (HPCFAP). The circuitbreakers used in the HPCFAP
allow a maxium current of 100 A.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-42 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Installation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Risk of fire due to overheating

NOTICE
Fire hazard
Inadequate heat dissipation can cause heat accumulation or even a fire in the network
element.
You must therefore ensure that:
• All the required fan units are installed (Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16, Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S, and Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: one,
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: two)
• The individual fans are not obstructed
• That all of the following aids for cooling air flow are installed as needed for their
respective subracks:
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 air deflector (left side the subrack)
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32/Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S/Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-36 air deflector (above the subrack)
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 subrack bottom plate
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 air deflector (beneath the subrack)
• All empty slots are covered with the correct blank front plates; for details about the
recommended face plates for the different subrack types refer to the Product
Information and Planning Guide
• The covers and cable ducts are mounted (only valid in the case of BT/BTC removal)
• The dust filter is not clogged
• That for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 the orientation of the dust filter is correct, such
that the dust filter carrier prevents the dust filter from being sucked into the fan unit
(see the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide).
• • For the installation of the half-slot adapter (8DG09811AAAA), the half-slot adapter
tool (8DG07796AA) must be used to avoid short cuts during half-slot adapter
insertion and installation.

Detector diodes

NOTICE
Destruction of the detector diodes caused by too high an input power
Connecting the output and input of optical circuit packs with a transmit power in excess
of –3 dBm over short distances will cause the destruction of the detector diodes, as the
input power is then too high.
Use an optical attenuator pad of approximately 10 to 20 dB when establishing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-43
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Installation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
connections over short distances for test purposes.

Receiver sensitivities
You can find the receiver sensitivities and the minimum overload thresholds in the
“Technical Specifications” chapter in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Product Information
and Planning Guide.

Taking into operation


Invisible laser radiation

WARNING
Laser hazard
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems operate with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation
can cause considerable injuries to the eyes.
Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector as long as
the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions (see
“Laser safety” (p. 1-11)).

Acoustic noise

WARNING
Acoustic noise hazard
The operation of more than one system could cause noise levels in working environments
(for example system test floors) that are harmful to human beings.
The infrastructure of such facilities needs to take care for the protection of work force in
that environment. National laws and regulations for safe working places need to be taken
into account.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-44 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Taking into operation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Power wiring

NOTICE
Destruction of components due to incorrect power wiring
Incorrect power wiring can cause equipment damage.
All power wires must be properly connected before powering up the system by switching
on the circuit breakers. For details see Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System
Turn-Up Guide.

Arcing

WARNING
Power Interface: Arcing on removing or inserting a live power supply
plug
Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36:
Before removing or connecting the power supply lugs at the Power Interface, ensure that
the line circuit breakers on the PDU1C/PDU2C are in the “OFF” position.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: Before removing the power supply cable at a Power Supply,
Filter, and Clock Interface Card (PSF3T8), ensure that all associated circuit breakers
that are located in the external High Power Connection, Fuse & Alarm Panel (HPCFAP)
are in the “OFF” position.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-45
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Taking into operation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Electric shock

DANGER
Electric-shock hazard
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: If the system is operated with only one Power Interface
Card (PFC), electrical connectors on the backplane carry a voltage of –48 V DC which
can cause electric shocks if accidentally touched.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: If the system is operated with only one Power Supply,
Filter, and Clock Interface Card (PSF3T8) and Fan Unit (FAN3T8), electrical connectors
on the backplane carry a voltage of –48 V DC which can cause electric shocks if
accidentally touched.
Always use the correct system configuration to ensure safe operation:
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: Two Power Interface Cards (PFC), one Fan module
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: Two Power Supply, Filter, and Clock Interface Cards
(PSF3T8), two Fan Units (FAN3T8).
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32, Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32S: Two PFDC DC Power Filters of the appropriate capacity.

Supply voltage

NOTICE
Destruction of components due to a supply voltage of incorrect polarity or
too high
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS equipment operates at a nominal voltage of –48 V (–40.5 V to
–57 V) or –60 V (–50.0 V to –72.0 V) . A supply voltage outside these specifications or of
incorrect polarity can lead to permanent damage of system components.
Ensure that the supply voltage has the correct range and polarity before connecting the
voltage. Ensure also the correct polarity (sequence) of both power feeders.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-46 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Taking into operation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Fusing

NOTICE
Fire hazard
If the system is not secured by appropriate circuit breakers, a short-circuit can cause
severe damage to the system, for example a fire in the network element.
Protect all supply lines with line circuit breakers matched to the load of the subrack
equipment. Note the relevant guide values in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation
and System Turn-Up Guide.

Condensation

NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
Condensation can occur in the network element or its components during transport,
especially on moving from outside to closed rooms; this can cause malfunctioning,
short-circuits or other damages of the circuit packs.
Ensure that circuit packs and subracks have reached at least the cold start temperature of
the system and are dry before taking them into operation. The cold start temperature of
the system is –5°C (+23°F); see the section “Climatic conditions for stationary
operation” (p. 1-53).

Operation and maintenance


Invisible laser radiation

WARNING
Laser hazard
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems operate with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation
can cause considerable injuries to the eyes.
Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector as long as
the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions (see
“Laser safety” (p. 1-11)).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-47
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Arcing

WARNING
Power Interface: Arcing on removing or inserting a live power supply
plug
Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36:
Before removing or connecting the power supply lugs at the Power Interface, ensure that
the line circuit breakers on the PDU1C/PDU2C are in the “OFF” position.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: Before removing the power supply cable at a Power Supply,
Filter, and Clock Interface Card (PSF3T8), ensure that all associated circuit breakers
that are located in the external High Power Connection, Fuse & Alarm Panel (HPCFAP)
are in the “OFF” position.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-48 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Electric shock

DANGER
Electric-shock hazard
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: If the system is operated with only one Power Interface
Card (PFC), electrical connectors on the backplane carry a voltage of –48 V DC which
can cause electric shocks if accidentally touched.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: If the system is operated with only one Power Supply,
Filter, and Clock Interface Card (PSF3T8) and Fan Unit (FAN3T8), electrical connectors
on the backplane carry a voltage of –48 V DC which can cause electric shocks if
accidentally touched.
Always use the correct system configuration to ensure safe operation:
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: Two Power Interface Cards (PFC), one Fan module
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: Two Power Supply, Filter, and Clock Interface Cards
(PSF3T8), two Fan Units (FAN3T8).
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32, Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32S: Two PFDC DC Power Filters of the appropriate capacity.

Laser warning labels

WARNING
Laser hazard
Warning labels on the system and especially on the optical components warn of the
dangers of invisible laser radiation. Removed, concealed or illegible labels can lead to
incorrect action and thus cause serious injuries to the eyes of operating staff.
Ensure that the laser warning labels are not removed or concealed and are always clearly
legible.

Acoustic noise

WARNING
Acoustic noise hazard
The operation of more than one system could cause noise levels in working environments
(for example system test floors) that are harmful to human beings.
The infrastructure of such facilities needs to take care for the protection of work force in
that environment. National laws and regulations for safe working places need to be taken
into account.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-49
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Risk of burns due to hot surfaces

CAUTION
Hot-surface hazard
Hot surfaces of system components can cause burns to the hands.
Do not touch system components that are marked with the hot surfaces warning label.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

NOTICE
ESD hazard
Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge.
Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always
observe the ESD instructions (see “Electrostatic discharge” (p. 1-22)).

Electric shock

DANGER
Electric-shock hazard
The 4-mm banana plug at the end of the ESD wrist-strap cord is intended to be only used
for connecting to the ESD jack on the rack/subrack ESD bonding point. Connecting the
banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply units may lead to the
risk of electric shock.
Never connect the banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply
units.

Risk of pinching

CAUTION
Pinch hazard
Your fingers can be pinched when sliding in the fan unit.
Do not place your fingers on top/bottom of the fan unit when sliding it into the subrack.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-50 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Risk of fire due to overheating

NOTICE
Fire hazard
Inadequate heat dissipation can cause heat accumulation or even a fire in the network
element.
You must therefore ensure that:
• All the required fan units are installed (Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16, Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S, and Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: one,
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: two)
• The individual fans are not obstructed
• That all of the following aids for cooling air flow are installed as needed for their
respective subracks:
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 air deflector (left side the subrack)
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32/Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S/Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-36 air deflector (above the subrack)
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 subrack bottom plate
– The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 air deflector (beneath the subrack)
• All empty slots are covered with the correct blank front plates; for details about the
recommended face plates for the different subrack types refer to the Product
Information and Planning Guide
• The covers and cable ducts are mounted (only valid in the case of BT/BTC removal)
• The dust filter is not clogged
• That for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 the orientation of the dust filter is correct, such
that the dust filter carrier prevents the dust filter from being sucked into the fan unit
(see the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide).
• • For the installation of the half-slot adapter (8DG09811AAAA), the half-slot adapter
tool (8DG07796AA) must be used to avoid short cuts during half-slot adapter
insertion and installation.

Risk of system shut-down during maintenance activities

NOTICE
System shut-down when switching off all power supply feeders
Bringing the circuit breakers of all power supply feeders in the OFF position leads to a
shut-down of the complete system.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: When carrying out maintenance work at one of the two
Power Supply, Filter, and Clock Interface Cards (PSF3T8) A or B, switch off only those
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-51
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
circuit breakers that are directly associated to the corresponding PSF3T8. For each
PSF3T8 there are three power supply feeders, and each power supply feeder has an
associated circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are located in the High Power
Connection, Fuse & Alarm Panel (HPCFAP).

Risk of equipment damage during maintenance activities

NOTICE
Equipment can be damaged during in-service replacement of components
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: During in-service replacement of system components above
the Fan Unit, there is a risk that nuts, cable ends, or other objects may fall into the Fan
Unit.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: During in-service replacement of the upper Power Supply,
Filter, and Clock Interface Card (PSF3T8) A, there is a risk that nuts, cable ends, or other
objects may fall into the upper fan tray (Fan Unit A).
Take utmost care to prevent nuts or cable ends from falling into the system.

Detector diodes

NOTICE
Destruction of the detector diodes caused by too high an input power
Connecting the output and input of optical circuit packs with a transmit power in excess
of –3 dBm over short distances will cause the destruction of the detector diodes, as the
input power is then too high.
Use an optical attenuator pad of approximately 10 to 20 dB when establishing
connections over short distances for test purposes.

Receiver sensitivities
You can find the receiver sensitivities and the minimum overload thresholds in the
“Technical Specifications” chapter in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Product Information
and Planning Guide.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-52 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short-circuit

NOTICE
Destruction of circuit packs in the event of a short-circuit
A short-circuit in the network element can cause destruction of electronic components
and thus malfunctioning of the complete system.
You must therefore not handle objects such as a screwdriver in the circuit pack area of the
subrack.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36: Always use the special extraction tool for the insertion and
the removal of bus termination cards.

Test voltage

NOTICE
Destruction of components due to test voltage of incorrect polarity or too
high
The use of test voltages above 1.5 V DC for measurements on circuit packs can cause
destruction of components and thus malfunctioning of the complete system.
Ensure that the test voltage does not exceed 1.5 V DC and that the test equipment is
connected with the correct polarity.

Climatic conditions

NOTICE
Damage to system components under extreme environmental conditions
Extreme environmental conditions can damage system components and cause
malfunctioning.
Ensure that the “Climatic conditions for stationary operation” (p. 1-53) are complied
with during operation.

Climatic conditions for stationary operation


The cold start temperature of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS is –5°C (+23°F).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-53
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ETSI market
For the stationary operation phase, the requirements according to the ETSI Standard EN
300 019-1-3, class 3.1E, “Temperature-controlled location with exceptional conditions”
are met. This class applies to a permanently temperature-controlled enclosed location.
Humidity is usually not controlled.
For quick reference, Table 1-7, “Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ETSI
market)” (p. 1-54) shows the most important climatic values specified in the requirement.
The related climatogram is shown in Figure 1-13, “Temperature and humidity levels for
operation (ETSI market)” (p. 1-55).
Table 1-7 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ETSI market)

Conditions Limits

Rack level (Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64) Subrack level (Alcatel-Lucent


1830 PSS-36)

Minimum air temperature Normal operating: Normal operating:


5°C (41°F) 5°C (41°F)
Short term (extended): Short term (extended):
–5°C (28°F) –5°C (28°F)
Maximum air temperature Normal operating: Normal operating:
40°C (104°F) 45°C (113°F)
Short term (extended): Short term (extended):
50°C (122°F) 55°C (131°F)

Low relative humidity 5%


High relative humidity 85% (90% for short term)
Rate of temperature change 0.5 K/min (0.9°F/min)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-54 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 1-13 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ETSI market)
o o
F C
140 60

122 50

6 5
104 40

86 30
25
20
68 20 4

50 10

32 0 6

14 –10
1.5 3
1.0
–4 –20

–22 –30
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1
2
g-pipg-0282

Legend:

1 Air temperature
2 Relative air humidity [%]
3 Absolute air humidity [g/m3]
4 Values outside of this field have a probability of occurrence of less than 10%

5 Normal operating conditions: values outside of this field have a probability of occurrence of less than 1%
6 Exceptional climatic limits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-55
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ANSI market
For the stationary operation phase, the following specifics of Telcordia ® Requirement
GR-63-CORE are met:
• R4-6 [72]: Ambient temperature and humidity limits as shown in Table 1-8,
“Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ANSI market)” (p. 1-56) and Figure
1-14, “Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ANSI market)” (p. 1-57)
• R4-8 [74], R4-9 [136], R4-10 [75]: Requirements for altitude
• R4-68 [110], R4-69 [111], R4-70 [112], R4-72 [114], R4-75 [117], R4-81 [122],
R4-82 [123]: Requirements for dynamic shock, vibration, and earthquake. The chassis
resistance of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS is compliant with zone 4 earthquake and office
vibrations.
Table 1-8 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ANSI market)

Conditions Limits

Rack level (Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64) Subrack level (Alcatel-Lucent


1830 PSS-36)

Ambient1 temperature Range Range


• Operating (up to 1800 m) • 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F) • 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F)
• Short-term2 • –5°C to 50°C (23°F to 122°F) • –5°C to 55°C (23°F to 131°F)

Rate of temperature change 30 K/h (54°F/min)


1
Ambient relative humidity Range
• Operating • 5% to 85%
• Short-term • 5% to 90%, but not to exceed 0.024 kg water/kg of dry air

Notes:
1. “Ambient” refers to conditions at a location 1.5 m (59 in) above the floor and 400 mm (15.8 in) in front of
the equipment.
2. “Short-term” refers to a period of not more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in
1 year. This refers to a total of 360 hours in any given year, but no more than 15 occurrences during that
1-year period. The long-term operating temperature range is 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) on rack level and
0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) on shelf level (see “Frame/Shelf level according to Telcordia and ETSI”
(p. 1-57)). It is given for the purposes of reliability assessment.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-56 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 1-14 Temperature and humidity levels for operation (ANSI market)
o o
F C
158 70
140 60
5
122 50
104 40
86 30 24
68 20 4
50 10
3
32 0
14 –10

1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

2 g-pipg-0280

Legend:

1 Air temperature
2 Relative air humidity [%]
3 Absolute air humidity [g/m3]
4 Normal operating conditions
5 Short-term conditions

Frame/Shelf level according to Telcordia and ETSI


The following describes the Frame/Shelf level according to Telcordia and ETSI
• Telcordia frame-level (subrack is more than 36” [=914.4 mm] in height)
All Telcordia GR-63-CORE environmental conditions apply to a 12" or 14” deep
SNBF (ANSI rack) with one installed subrack (Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64),
including subrack covers.
• Telcordia shelf-level (subrack is less than or equal to 36” [=914.4 mm] in height)
All Telcordia GR-63-CORE environmental conditions apply to a stand-alone subrack
(Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36). For certain tests the subrack may have to be mounted
into an open rack.
• ETSI rack-level
All ETSI EN 300 019 environmental conditions apply to a 300 mm ETSI rack with
one installed subrack (Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64), including optional rack doors
and side-panels.
• ETSI subrack-level

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-57
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Operation and maintenance
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
All ETSI EN 300 019 environmental conditions apply to a stand-alone subrack
(Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36). For certain tests the subrack may have to be mounted
into an open rack.

Taking out of operation


Invisible laser radiation

WARNING
Laser hazard
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems operate with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation
can cause considerable injuries to the eyes.
Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector as long as
the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions (see
“Laser safety” (p. 1-11)).

Arcing

WARNING
Power Interface: Arcing on removing or inserting a live power supply
plug
Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36:
Before removing or connecting the power supply lugs at the Power Interface, ensure that
the line circuit breakers on the PDU1C/PDU2C are in the “OFF” position.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64: Before removing the power supply cable at a Power Supply,
Filter, and Clock Interface Card (PSF3T8), ensure that all associated circuit breakers
that are located in the external High Power Connection, Fuse & Alarm Panel (HPCFAP)
are in the “OFF” position.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-58 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Taking out of operation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Weight

WARNING
Risk of injury due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-64 subrack weighs up to 125 kg (276 lbs), a
fully equipped rack up to 215 kg (474 lbs). A fully equipped Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36
or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subrack weighs up to 84.5 kg (186.3 lbs). A rack
equipped with two Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-36 or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32S subracks
weighs up to 259 kg (571 lbs). Although Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-16 and Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 subracks weigh less, a fully equipped subrack can still weigh more than
30 kg (66 lbs).
Such a fully equipped rack or subrack can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked
over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people and/or a lifting device to transport and position
the rack or subrack.

NOTICE
Damage to system components due to unsecured rack or subrack
A fully equipped rack or subrack can cause serious damage to the rack or subrack if it is
knocked over or dropped.
Use a sturdy vehicle for transportation and secure the rack or subrack against dropping.
Always use a sufficient number of people or a lifting device to transport and position the
rack or subrack.

Risk of burns due to hot surfaces

CAUTION
Hot-surface hazard
Hot surfaces of system components can cause burns to the hands.
Do not touch system components that are marked with the hot surfaces warning label.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-59
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Taking out of operation
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

NOTICE
ESD hazard
Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge.
Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always
observe the ESD instructions (see “Electrostatic discharge” (p. 1-22)).

Electric shock

DANGER
Electric-shock hazard
The 4-mm banana plug at the end of the ESD wrist-strap cord is intended to be only used
for connecting to the ESD jack on the rack/subrack ESD bonding point. Connecting the
banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply units may lead to the
risk of electric shock.
Never connect the banana plug to AC or DC wall sockets or any type of power supply
units.

Disposal
The equipment in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS system series must be disposed of at the
end of its lifetime. Please contact us in this case and we will arrange for proper and
environment-friendly disposal of your equipment (most parts of the system can be
recycled).

Event of failure
Hazard levels
In the event of failure, the hazard levels given in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Product
Information and Planning Guide apply. The hazard levels define the potential optical
hazard at any accessible location within an optical fiber telecommunication system. See
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Product Information and Planning Guide.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-60 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Event of failure
Safety requirements in specific deployment phases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Invisible laser radiation

WARNING
Laser hazard
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS systems operate with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation
can cause considerable injuries to the eyes.
Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector as long as
the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions (see
“Laser safety” (p. 1-11)).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-61
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Safety Event of failure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-62 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
2 The RA3P Raman amplifier
2

RA3P Raman Amplifier hardware


Distributed Raman amplification
A Raman amplifier is based on the Raman scattering process. In this process an incident
photon is scattered to a lower energy photon, while initiating a transition of the fiber
molecules between two-vibration states. In the Raman amplifier, stimulated Raman
scattering produces a photon with the same wavelength, phase, and polarization as the
original signal and thus the stimulated scattering mechanism amplifies the signal. The
gain medium in the case of the distributed Raman amplifier is the silica transmission fiber
itself. Amplification occurs along a few tens of kilometers adjacent to the pump unit.

RA3P hardware overview


The RA3P Raman amplifier contains an FPGA and microprocessor-controlled Raman
pump module for C-Band (1528.4 nm -1564.7 nm) distributed Raman amplification. The
pump module includes three-pump laser diodes at different wavelengths and/or
polarizations. It features multiple independent laser safety mechanisms based on
Automatic Power Reduction (APR). This allows both the RA3P Raman amplifier itself
and the network within which it is installed to be classified as class 1M laser products
according to IEC 60825 parts 1 and 2, and CDRH 21 CFR §1040.10. This provides eye
and skin laser safety for the operating personnel, and also protects optical and electronic
gear deployed along the lines. The same mechanisms are used to alert system
management of line deterioration and reduction in the amplifier distributed gain.

Pump module block diagram


The following block diagram in Figure 2-1, “RA3P Raman amplifier block diagram”
(p. 2-2) describes the main building blocks of the pump module within the RA3P.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
The RA3P Raman amplifier RA3P Raman Amplifier hardware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 2-1 RA3P Raman amplifier block diagram

In counter propagating operation, the line port (through which the pump energy exits) is
connected to the output of the transmission fiber. The Raman amplified signal enters the
line port and exits through the EDFA port to an EDFA amplifier following the Raman
amplifier.
The following provides a brief description of the various detectors within the pump
module:
• Detector Pes - Measures back reflected light in the pump wavelengths entering
through the line port
• Detector Short Band DC - Measures ASE power within the “Short” band (1500 nm -
1520 nm for C-Band amplifiers) entering through the line port. In counter-propagating
direction the measured power also includes that of the supervisory channel, typically
located within the Short band.
• Detector Short Band MOD - This detector is used only in counter-propagating
operation, and measures the modulation power of the OSC.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
The RA3P Raman amplifier RA3P Raman Amplifier hardware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Detector Pump power - This detector measures the composite pump power exiting the
line port.
• Detector Dpin Line - This detector measures the power within the C Band entering the
amplifier from the line Port.
• Detector Dpin EDFA - This detector measures the power within the C Band entering
the amplifier from the EDFA Port.
• Detector OSC forward - This detector is used in co-propagating operation, and
measures the supervisory channel power entering from the supervisory port.

Pump modes of operation


The RA3P Raman amplifier supports three-operation modes:
1. Max pump power mode: In this mode maximum pump power is launched though the
line port into the transmission fiber. The Ratio between different wavelength pumps is
set according to the transmission fiber type.
2. Gain setting mode: In this mode the pump power of each wavelength is adjusted to
provide a required average gain and gain flattening according to the transmission fiber
type.
3. Manual pump power mode: In this mode the pump power for each of the pump laser
diodes can be set manually

Safety and automatic power reduction


OSC
The RA3P Raman amplifiers use the Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) to provide for
the safety of operating personnel and to protect transmission equipment.
OSC protection ensures that the product is qualified as a class 1M device according to
IEC 60825-2. This mechanism ensures that when the transmission line fails, even tens of
kilometers from the amplifier location, the APR of the RA3P Raman pumps will be
activated.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
The RA3P Raman amplifier Safety and automatic power reduction

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This protection mechanism is essential for distributed Raman amplification for the
following reasons:
• Pump power launched from the amplifier line port is high, up to 700 mW, which is
harmful to the human eye and skin, and can damage optical and electronic equipment.
• Because the RA3P Raman amplifier is a distributed amplifier, it is possible that a loss
of input signal will not be detected, and the amplifier will not be shut down, even if a
fiber break has occurred only a few kilometers from the amplifier. This is due to large
Amplified Spontaneous Emission (ASE) generated along the transmission line within
the operating band. In lumped amplifiers this is not a problem, because ASE is only
generated within the amplifier itself. For a detailed discussion of laser safety, see
“Laser safety” (p. 1-11).
When APR is activated, the total pump power is decreased to below the threshold for a
class 1M laser product. For a detailed discussion of the detection mechanisms and
scenarios that lead to activation of APR, see “Automatic power reduction (APR) in RA3P
” (p. 2-5). OSC modulation detection enables the RA3P Raman amplifier to respond to a
fiber break or connector opening which requires APR activation.

Additional RA3P Raman amplifier features


Gain flattening
Pumping the transmission fiber with two different wavelengths provides gain flattening
over C-band that is better than 1.2 dB peak-to-peak.
The ratio between the powers for each pump wavelength is set according to the type of
transmission fiber specified. This ratio can be fine-tuned by the user.

Small polarization-dependent gain (PDG)


As the pump wavelength differs from the signal wavelength by less than 100 nm, a
residue correlation between pump and signal wavelengths exists. This phenomenon is
mostly exhibited in co-propagating pumping. A Polarization Dependent Gain (PDG) of
better than 0.3 dB is achieved by using a three-pump configuration, with up to 700 mW
pump power, where two of the pumps have the same wavelength, but are orthogonal in
their polarization. With no polarization multiplexing, using only two pumps with different
wavelength and output power up to 450 mW, the PDG is greater than 0.6 dB.

Network ready communications


The RA3P Raman Amplifier is controlled using SNMP through a standard RJ-45 Ethernet
LAN connector. The unit is supplied with a Graphical User Interface (GUI) that can be
installed on any computer connected to the LAN, or a remote computer with network
access to the LAN.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
The RA3P Raman amplifier Additional RA3P Raman amplifier features

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Redundant hot swappable fans
The RA3P Raman Amplifier contains four hot swappable cooling fans. Three of the fans
are sufficient to keep the unit within operating temperature limits. The fourth fan provides
redundant cooling capacity.
The cooling fans can be accessed and replaced through the upper covers of the unit.

Software download
Operating software can be replaced or upgraded while the RA3P Raman amplifier is
operating without interrupting traffic passing through the amplifier, or degrading its gain.
The software download can be performed from a remote site through the system
management station, or through the RS232 connector on the RA3P Raman front panel.

Automatic power reduction (APR) in RA3P


Purpose
The RA3P Raman amplifier emits invisible laser radiation through the line port that can
cause eye and skin damage, as well as damage to optical and electronic equipment. See
“Laser safety” (p. 1-11).
During normal operation, when the RA3P Raman amplifier is connected through the line
port to a closed fiber transmission line, the amplifier can emit up to 700 mW of radiation.
This radiation is enclosed within the transmission line, and does not pose a hazard.
However, a hazard can occur when a fiber break or connector opening occurs. To manage
this, the RA3P Raman Amplifier is equipped to use OSC to detect a fiber break or
connector opening, and activate the APR of the RA3P Raman pumps reducing output
power to below the level defined for class 1M laser products.
This system level protection handles operation of the amplifier within a communication
system. When this system level protection is enabled, it allows the entire system to be
classified as a class 1M system according to IEC 60825-2:1993+A1:1997+A2:2001.

OSC detection
The RA3P Raman amplifier continuously monitors the OSC signal. Loss of the signal
indicates an open connector or fiber break.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
The RA3P Raman amplifier Automatic power reduction (APR) in RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Single fiber cut example
Figure 2-2, “RA3P Single fiber cut Example” (p. 2-6) illustrates an example of single
fiber cut scenario using an RA3P amplifier.

Figure 2-2 RA3P Single fiber cut Example

When a single direction is cut on a span containing Raman amplifiers, the Raman
amplifier on the node ingress from span where there is fiber cut (Raman [B]), will see
OSC loss. Its pumps are turned off. However, Raman (A) on the side where there is no
fiber cut, does not see OSC loss, and does not turn off the pumps. Raman packs are
dependent on OSC loss for APR.
Important! The OSC must be provisioned to OC-3 for proper APR operation when
an RA3P is used.

APR scenarios in RA3P amplifiers


APR scenarios
The OSC, identified in “OSC” (p. 2-3), is used to detect various scenarios that require the
activation of product and system level APR. Some scenarios are specific to either
backward counter propagating configuration (BWD), or forward co-propagating
configuration (FWD), the rest are relevant to both configurations.
The OSC can be configured by the user according to the specifics of the transmission
system within which the RA3P Raman amplifier is installed.
The Alcatel-Lucent RA3P Raman amplifier is designed for backward operation only. The
Table 2-1, “APR scenarios” (p. 2-6) lists the relevant APR scenarios.

Table 2-1 APR scenarios

# Shutdown cause Details


0 Standby No shutdown event present
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
The RA3P Raman amplifier APR scenarios in RA3P amplifiers

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-1 APR scenarios (continued)

# Shutdown cause Details


LOS on Line Input (C Band). If input to amplifier < -45
LOS of input
1 dBm the amplifier shuts down and cannot restart until input
power
> -42 dBm.
If the modulated OSC signal (1500 nm - 1520 nm) power <
8 OSC Loss -43 dBm the amplifier shuts down. The amplifier can restart
if the modulated OSC signal power > -42 dBm.
If optical power in OSC band (1500 nm - 1520 nm) is 2 dB
OSC Band Low
7 lower than value anticipated for the given fiber type, the
Power
amplifier shuts down.
OSC Band If back reflection power in OSC Band is changed by a rate
5
Transient faster than > 1 dB/150 msec, shut down occurs.

Automatic return from APR shut down


The following two possible scenarios can automatically restart the RA3P:
1. When the RA3P detects a modulated OSC signal with power > -42 dBm.
2. When the RA3P detects continuous wave (CW) power in OSC band > -52 dBm.
If the RA3P turns on, and one of the reasons for APR still exist, it will shut down again
within 150 msec.

Protective cover switch


The RA3P Raman amplifiers are provided with a protective cover switch. When the cover
is removed from the RA3P Amplifier box, the cover switch detects the removal. This
triggers the Raman pumps to shutdown. The shutdown of the Raman pumps occurs within
150 ms of the time that the cover is removed. Then the APR-Active port switch condition
is raised against the LINE IN port.
When the cover is replaced on the LINE IN port of a RA3P circuit pack, the APR-Active
port switch condition is cleared and the Raman pumps restart.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
The RA3P Raman amplifier APR scenarios in RA3P amplifiers

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
3 3 ardware specifications
H
and connectors

RA3P Raman module hardware


Available hardware
The following RA3P Raman hardware, installation kits, and associated items are available
for ordering and use with Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS shelves.

Table 3-1 RA3P Raman hardware available for order

Mnemonic Description Product code


RA3P Raman Amplifier (three Pump) 8DG59967ABAA
RA3PIN19 RA3P EIA/ANSI Installation Kit for 19” or 8DG60098AAAA
23” Racks
RA3PINET RA3P ETSI Installation Kit for ETSI Racks 8DG60099AAAA
- 1RU RAMAN AIR FILTER 3AL94515AAAA
- RAMAN REPLACEMENT FAN 8DG60100AAAA

EIA/ANSI installation kit contents


The following items are included in the RA3PIN19 EIA/ANSI Installation Kit:
• 1 — Assy Kit bracket for 19" rack
• 1 — Assy Kit for bracket for 23" rack
• 2 — Power Cable, 48 V#C, NAR
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 30M (flat connectors, not angled)
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 3M (flat connectors, not angled)
• 4 — 12-24 x 3/8 Mounting screws, Pan Phil
ETSI installation kit contents
The following items are included in the RA3PINET ETSI Installation Kit:
• 1 — Assy Kit bracket for ETSI
• 2 — Power Cable, 48 V#C, ETSI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors RA3P Raman module hardware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 30M (flat connectors, not angled)
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 3M (flat connectors, not angled)
• 4 — M6 x 10 Mounting screws, Pan Phil

RA3P Raman module specifications


Figure 3-1, “Physical dimensions of the RA3P Raman amplifier” (p. 3-2) illustrates the
Module dimensions of RA3P.

Figure 3-1 Physical dimensions of the RA3P Raman amplifier

Figure 3-2, “RA3P front panel and front cover” (p. 3-2) illustrates the Front panel
connectors (optical and electronic) on RA3P

Figure 3-2 RA3P front panel and front cover

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Optical Specifications and connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Optical Specifications and connectors


Optical specifications
Table 3-2, “RA3P Raman amplifier optical specifications” (p. 3-3) lists the optical
specifications of the RA3P Raman amplifier.

Table 3-2 RA3P Raman amplifier optical specifications

Specification Unit Min. Typ. Max.


Signal Wavelength range nm 1528.4 1565.9
Signal Input Power Range dBm 1500 +8
-45
Composite pump power (3-pump) mW 680 690 720
Signal Gain SMF (G.652) dB 14.5
(3-pumps). ON/OFF LEAF dB 16
gain. Assuming that
fiber condition is True Wave dB 20
optimal. TerraLight dB 18
TWRS dB 20
G653 dB 20
Gain Flatness (G.652 fiber) (3-pump) dB 1.3
Equivalent Noise Figure (3-pump) dB -2
OSC wavelength range nm 1500 1510 1520
OSC Gain (G.652 fiber @ 1510 nm) dB 10
ON/OFF Gain
OSC Gain (LEAF fiber @ 1510 nm) dB 12
ON/OFF Gain
OSC Gain (TWRS fiber @ 1510 nm) dB 15
ON/OFF Gain
OSC Modulation Range Mbit/s 100 155
OSC Modulation Detection Range dBm -40 -13
OSC power required to keep unit dBm -38 -15
Operating (when unit is ON and OSC
amplified)
OSC power required to turn ON unit for dBm -46
G652
OSC power required to turn ON unit for dBm -48
LEAF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Optical Specifications and connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-2 RA3P Raman amplifier optical specifications (continued)

Specification Unit Min. Typ. Max.


OSC power required to turn ON unit for dBm -50
TWRS
OSC Modulation detection accuracy dB ±1
OSC band power detection range dBm -48 -8
(including DC and modulation power)
Tilt (at tilt less than -3 db, tilt linearity is dB -5 0 5
degraded)
Maximum Input power Without Damage dBm 22
Signal insertion loss dB 1.6 1.8
OSC insertion loss dB 1.6 1.8
Monitor port loss relative to Out port % 0.3 0.8
Accuracy of all CW detectors dB ±0.5
PDL dB 0.15
PDG dB 0.3
PMD ps 0.2
RIN dB/Hz -115
Return Loss dB 40
Power Consumption W 38 55
(Typical @ 25C, Maximum 55C EOL)

Optical connections
This section describes the Optical connections available in RA3P amplifiers.
RA3P Ports
Table 3-3, “RA3P Raman optical ports” (p. 3-4) lists and describe the RA3P optical ports.

Table 3-3 RA3P Raman optical ports

Port Type Description


This port has an E2000 high-power connector.
Pump power is launched though this connector into the optical
Line In E2000 transmission line.
The signal enters the RA3P Raman amplifier from the
transmission line through this port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Optical Specifications and connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-3 RA3P Raman optical ports (continued)

Port Type Description


The signal exits the RA3P Raman amplifier through this port,
Line Out LC
which is typically connected to an EDFA amplifier.
Used to monitor the signal exiting from the output port (0.5%
Monitor LC
tap)

The RA3P Raman amplifier is equipped with three optical ports, as described in Table
3-3, “RA3P Raman optical ports” (p. 3-4) (and “Pump module block diagram” (p. 2-1)).
Figure 3-3, “RA3P Optical Ports” (p. 3-5) shows the location of the connectors.

Figure 3-3 RA3P Optical Ports

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Optical Specifications and connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Power-on/reboot default settings
Table 3-4, “Default parameters and values after Reboot (power ON)” (p. 3-6) lists the
default and after boot values of the Power switch.

Table 3-4 Default parameters and values after Reboot (power ON)

Operational Switch Default Value after Boot


Raman On/Off Off Memory of last position
Pump Op Mode Max Power Memory of last position
Module Op Mode Counter Propagating Counter Propagating
W1 and W2 Power 50 mW Memory of last position
Gain 5 dB Memory of last position
Hi Back Reflection Thresh -23 dB Memory of last position
OSC Band Thresh 2 dB Memory of last position
ARP Time 10 sec Memory of last position
Tilt 0 dB Memory of last position
OSC switch Enabled Enabled
OSC band Drop Enabled Enabled
High back reflection Enabled Memory of last position
Input Loss Enabled Memory of last position
High Temp Enabled Memory of last position
Fiber Type Enabled Memory of last position

Communication ports
The RA3P Raman amplifier incorporates three-communication ports:
1. Craft Terminal connector
2. Housekeeping
3. RS232 communication.

Housekeeping connector
The housekeeping connector allows the user to manage some electrical relays and
optocouplers to monitor the status of the RA3P Raman amplifier or to remotely control its
restart and shutdown. Up to eight-status items and up to eight commands can be managed
through the DB25 housekeeping connector. Pin assignments are shown in Table 3-5,
“Housekeeping connector pin assignments” (p. 3-7).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Communication ports

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 does not currently provide support for
monitoring RA3P Raman alarm indications from the housekeeping connector of the
RA3P Raman amplifier. Alarms must be monitored by another device.

Table 3-5 Housekeeping connector pin assignments

PIN NAME FUNCTION ACTIVE STATE


1 Common Common OUT (Raman)
2 IN1 Manual shutdown Contact Closed
3 IN2 Manual restart Contact Closed
4 NC
5 NC
6 NC
7 NC
8 NC
9 OUT1 Line Degraded Contact Closed
10 OUT2 Raman amplifier degraded Contact Closed
11 NC
12 NC
13 GND Housekeeping GND
14 Common Common OUT (Raman)
15 NC
16 NC
17 NC
18 NC
19 NC
20 NC
21 OUT7 External Power Supply Failed Contact Closed
22 OUT8 Pumps Off Contact Closed
23 OUT5
24 OUT5
25 GND Housekeeping GND

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Communication ports

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notes:
1. NC means not connected, GND means ground.
2. For IN optocouplers, maximum voltage applied between IN and GND is 3 V, Maximum
forward current is 30 mA.
3. For OUT relays in closed state, Maximum current through IN relay is 100 mA, Voltage
between OUT and common OUT is less than 2.5 V, and resistance of the closed rely is less
than 300 mOhms.
4. For OUT relays in open state, voltage between OUT and common OUT is less than 72 V.

Housekeeping functionality
This section describes the supported housekeeping alarms.
Line degraded alarm
The “Line degraded Alarm” is declared when any of the following alarm or warning
conditions are present. Most of these alarms will be masked by an APR switch, and will
be observed only when the switch is enabled.

Table 3-6 Line degraded alarm

Alarm/Warning Status Depends on Switch Comment


Message
OSC Band Transient SBD OSC Band Drop switch OSC-Band power
change > 2 dB/150
msec
OSC Band Loss SBL OSC Band Drop switch OSC drop band
threshold lower than
the table value.
Input power Loss NOF Input Loss switch C-Band power loss (no
out fiber connected on
the Line interface, or
input power loss)
Modulated OSC Loss DTL OSC Loss Modulated OSC <
threshold value
Back Reflection BKT High Back Reflection PES change > 3
Transient switch dB/150 msec
High Back Reflection HBR High Back Reflection Pumps power–
switch Back-reflected power
< Back reflection
threshold

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Communication ports

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-6 Line degraded alarm (continued)

Alarm/Warning Status Depends on Switch Comment


Message
High Back Reflection BKS Not Applicable Back-reflected pump
power > 3 dBm
High OSC HSB OSC Loss OSC power is higher
than -15 dBm

Raman degraded alarm


The “Raman degraded alarm” is declared when any of the following alarm or warning
conditions are present.

Table 3-7 Raman degraded alarm

Alarm/Warning Status Message Comment


Very High PCB TSD PCB temperature has reached 80 ºC
Temperature
High PCB Temperature. TMX PCB temperature has reached 75 ºC
End of Life EOL One of the pumps has reached end Of Life
threshold
Very High TEC HSD One of the pumps has reached shutdown
Temperature temperature (35 ºC)
High TEC Temperature HMX One of the pumps has reached shutdown
temperature (30 ºC)
TEC Off - abnormal TOF Permanent shutdown. for example, One of
temperature the pumps has reached shutdown
temperature (35 ºC)
Low TEC temperature LMN One of the pumps has reached minimum
temperature (20 ºC)
Very low TEC temperature LSD One of the pumps has reached minimum
shutdown temperature (15 ºC)
Software cycle overtime COF
Internal fan failure F1 to F4 One of the fans has failed

External power supply failed


This alarm indicates the failure of an external power supply (A or B).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Communication ports

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Pumps shut down
This alarm indicates that the pumps are shut down, either for safety reason, or because no
command has been given to turn them on.

RS232 connector
This connector is for terminal connection through RS232 on a DB9 connector. The pinout
is shown in Table 3-8, “RS232 connector pinouts” (p. 3-10).

Table 3-8 RS232 connector pinouts

Pin Function Pin Function


1 NC 6 NC
2 RxD 7 NC
3 TxD 8 NC
4 NC 9 NC
5 GND

The RS232 connector can be used to communicate with the communication card in the
RA3P Raman or directly to the Raman module, which is embedded within the RA3P
Raman amplifier. If PIN 9 of power connector (see Table 3-8, “RS232 connector pinouts”
(p. 3-10)) is not connected, communication (including software download) is to the
communication card. If PIN 9 is connected to ground, communication is directed to
Raman module within the RA3P Raman amplifier.

Power connector and cable


Power Connector
There are two redundant DB15 power connectors on the front panel of the RA3P Raman,
and described in Table 3-9, “Power connector pin out description” (p. 3-10). The RA3P
Raman can function with only one of the connectors connected to a power supply. If
neither connector is connected to power, an indicator will appear on the GUI (see Chapter
4, “RA3P Raman amplifier GUI”).

Table 3-9 Power connector pin out description

PIN FUNCTION REMARK PIN FUNCTION REMARK


1 -48 VDC 9 RESERVED
2 -48 VDC 10 RESERVED

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Power connector and cable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-9 Power connector pin out description (continued)

PIN FUNCTION REMARK PIN FUNCTION REMARK


3 NC 11 GND
4 NC 12 GND
5 -48 VDC RETURN 13 Common IN
6 -48 VDC RETURN 14 Common OUT
7 RESET IN 1 15 RESERVED
(Optocoupler)
7 NOT PRESENT 2
ALARM (Relay)

1. No voltage applied regular operation. 3 V applied – Reset.


• Maximum voltage applied between IN and common IN is 3 V
• Maximum forward current is 30 mA.
• Minimum forward current required 10 mA.
2. Indicates if software is malfunctioning or being upgraded.
Close state - A software problem exist.
• Maximum current through OUT and Common OUT is 1 A
• Resistance of the closed relay is less than 100 mOhms
Open state - OK
• Maximum voltage between OUT and common OUT is 60 V

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Power connector and cable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Power cable

LED indicators
RA3P front panel has four LED indicators. The functionality of the LEDs is described in
Table 3-10, “Front Panel LEDs” (p. 3-12).

Table 3-10 Front Panel LEDs

NAME LED COLOR MEANING


GREEN—indicates the power supply is operational

PWR Green/No Color No Color (off)—when the internal ±48 V power


supply is switched off, as at start-up, or when the
power supply has failed.
RED—The amplifier has been switched off for safety
reasons, due to abnormal input power, OSC power, or
ABN RED/No Color back reflection
No color (off)—No problem
RED—The amplifier is shut down for safety reasons,
SHUT
RED/No Color there is a module failure, or the unit has not received
DOWN
a command to turn ON.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors LED indicators

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-10 Front Panel LEDs (continued)

NAME LED COLOR MEANING


GREEN—The board is plugged-in, configured, and
there is no failure.
RED—indicates failure due to hardware, power
supply, or communication on the board
FAIL Green/Red/Amber AMBER—One of the power supplies has failed, one
of the fans has failed, or a firmware download is
being performed.
The LED is Off when the module is powered but has
not been configured as “ON” through the GUI.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-13
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Replacing a fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Replacing a fan
The RA3P Raman amplifier has a redundant power supply and redundant fans. If one of
the power supplies or fans malfunctions, a system management alarm is received. The
power supplies are not field replaceable, but a malfunctioning fan can be replaced.

Fan replacement
Use the following procedure and illustrations to replace a fan.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Refer to the GUI error message (as shown in Figure 3-4, “Fan failure indication”
(p. 3-14)), or the EMS through SNMP, to determine which fans need to be replaced. The
GUI shown in Figure 3-4, “Fan failure indication” (p. 3-14) indicates that fans 1 and 4
have failed.

Figure 3-4 Fan failure indication

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Replacing a fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Power down the RA3P Raman Module, disconnect the two -48 V power cables, and
remove it from the rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Remove the seven screws that secure the side cover of RA3P Raman module (Figure 3-5,
“Removal of RA3P Raman side cover” (p. 3-15)).

Figure 3-5 Removal of RA3P Raman side cover

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-15
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Replacing a fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Identify the defective fan from the label on the chassis (Figure 3-6, “RA3P Raman fans
label” (p. 3-16)). Fan 1 is closest to the back cover.

Figure 3-6 RA3P Raman fans label

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Disconnect the wire-to-wire connector of the defective fan.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Remove the defective fan.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-16 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Replacing a fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Install the new fan. Ensure that the wires and manufacturer label are facing the inside of
the chassis (Figure 3-7, “New fan placement” (p. 3-17)).

Figure 3-7 New fan placement

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 Connect the new fan with the wire-to-wire connector.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9 Reinstall the side cover and secure it with the screws removed in Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10 Reconnect the two -48 V power cables and power-up the RA3P Raman Module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-17
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Hardware specifications and connectors Replacing dust filter

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Replacing dust filter


The RA3P Raman is equipped with a dust filter to prevent dust accumulation and ensure
sufficient air flow. The dust filter is located in front of the fans. The dust filter can be
replaced by removing the two-dust filter cassette retaining screws in the front panel. The
replacement of the dust filter is illustrated in Figure 3-8, “Dust Filter replacement”
(p. 3-18).

Figure 3-8 Dust Filter replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-18 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
4 RA3P Raman amplifier GUI
4

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes set up of the RA3P Raman GUI, its interface, and capabilities.

Contents

GUI setup 4-1


Parameter description 4-7
RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes 4-13

GUI setup
Opening the GUI
To access the GUI, connect an Ethernet cross-over cable to a PC Ethernet port, and then
open a Web Browser. The default IP address is 150.1.1.192. The GUI installation
procedure is described in “GUI software installation (Peer-to-Peer connection)” (p. 5-5).
Note: When managing multiple RAMAN/EDFA units from a single workstation,
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that you open an individual browser instance for each
unit. Attempting to manage multiple units as Tabs within a single instance of the
browser may result in reduced performance of the GUI interface.
Prior to opening the GUI, a password dialog is displayed (as shown in the following):

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Passwords can be set in the MIB to a value desired by client. The Read Password only
allows access to monitoring through the GUI, the Write Password to provides access to
full modification of parameters. By default, you click the OK to continue.
A second-level password is required. The default password is Sup123. Enter the password
in the following dialog to get full GUI access.

GUI main window


Figure 4-1, “RA3P Raman GUI main window” (p. 4-3), shows the main GUI window.
The GUI Panel consists of five tabs:
1. Main – Main GUI controls
2. SNMP Management – Monitoring and setting of SNMP traps
3. Pumps Power Chart – Monitoring of pumps power stability over time
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. OSC Power Chart – Monitoring of OSC power over time
5. Back Reflection Pwr Chart – Monitoring of back reflection over time

Figure 4-1 RA3P Raman GUI main window

The “Main” tab


The first tab, Main, contains eight panes and two-operating icons. The seven windows are:
1. Configuration – General operating parameters
2. Status– General status information
3. Production Parameters – Production-related information
4. History Since Reboot – Events that occurred since reboot.
5. Communication – Indicates if communication is operative
6. Sample – SNMP protocol-related parameters
7. Alarms – graphic presentation of high importance alarms
8. HSKU command status – Indication for commands given through Housekeeping port
and not through management.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Operating icons are:
1. On / Off switch (green / red icon).
2. Reboot button (blue icon).
3. Return to factory settings button (red arrow icon).
Help tips are available on the GUI screen when the cursor is placed on a specific
parameter.
The “SNMP Management” tab
The second tab is the SNMP Management tab, shown in Figure 4-2, “SNMP
management” (p. 4-4). It summarizes events with time and date stamps. It also allows you
to get or set SNMP parameters such as Real Time clock time/date, IP addresses, and
read/write passwords.

Figure 4-2 SNMP management

Note: If there is no real-time clock hardware in the RA3P Raman, events are logged,
but the time stamp shows “0-0-0 0:0:0:”.
Note: Events are also logged when the GUI window is not open.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ALS event codes
The event log code for each ALS code is listed in Table 4-1, “ALS Event log codes”
(p. 4-5).

Table 4-1 ALS Event log codes

Event Log Code ALS Code No. Current state including APR Shutdown cause
(Brief)
1 1 Input Loss
2 2 High Back Reflection
4 4 High Back Reflection transient
64 64 OSC band loss
128 128 OSC Loss
256 256 High OSC Band
512 512 Simultaneous OSC-Band and C-Band drop
1024 1024 OSC Power too high
2050 2 High Back Reflection along with ARP time
2052 4 High Back Reflection transient along with ARP time
2048 None ARP time (after APR shutdown or power up)
2112 64 OSC band Loss along with ARP time
2176 128 OSC Loss along with ARP time
2180 132 OSC Loss and High Back Reflection transient along
with ARP time
2181 133 OSC Loss, High Back Reflection transient and Input
Loss along with ARP time
2240 192 OSC Loss and OSC band Loss along with ARP time
2241 193 OSC Loss, OSC band Loss, and Input Loss along
with ARP time
2242 194 OSC Loss, OSC band Loss, and High Back
Reflection along with ARP time
2243 195 OSC Loss, OSC band Loss, High Back Reflection,
and Input Loss along with ARP time
2244 196 OSC Loss, OSC band Loss, High Back Reflection
(static and transient) along with ARP time
2246 198 OSC Loss, OSC band Loss, High Back Reflection
transient along with ARP time
2304 256 High OSC Band along with ARP time

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-1 ALS Event log codes (continued)

Event Log Code ALS Code No. Current state including APR Shutdown cause
(Brief)
4096 None Not Stabilized mode (NST), Pumps on (after APR
shutdown or power up)
8192 None Power supply problem
16385 None Temperature problem (either Ambient or Pumps or
1U temperature)
32768 None Maintenance shutdown or restart command

The event history can be cleared by typing RSTEV in the craft terminal, remotely through
the MIB browser, or by pressing the Reset Events History button in the GUI.
Power charts
The other three tabs of the GUI panel are:
1. Pumps Pwr Chart – A chart containing the pumps output power weekly averaged
samples.
2. OSC Band Pwr Chart – A chart containing the OSC band power weekly averaged
samples.
3. Back Reflection Pwr Chart – A chart containing the back reflection power weekly
averaged samples.
Note: If there is real-time clock hardware available in the RA3P Raman unit, logging
can be done without opening the GUI window.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 4-3 Power charts

Parameter description
Overview
The following information lists and describes the parameters of the GUI Main tab. It also
provides a brief explanation for each parameter, and information about configuration
options.

Operating icons
• On / Off switch - (green/ red icon):

– Enable (Green) or disable (red) pumps operation. Disabling pump operation using
this icon supersedes any other setting or condition.
• Reboot button - (blue icon):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

– Boots both the RA3P Raman module and the 1U box software.
• Return to factory settings - (red arrow icon):

– To return to the factory defaults push this button, followed by the Restart button.
Otherwise the last configuration is kept, including all parameters except
eye-safety related switches.

Configuration
For the following parameters, press the change (…) button to change the parameter value.
• Operating mode:
Pumps Operational Mode (Max pumps power mode, Manual pumps power set,
Gain setting). See section “Pump modes of operation” (p. 2-3) for more details
regarding each of these modes.
• W1 manual power set (mW):
Power settings in mW of the 1454 nm pump band. This is relevant only in manual
operation mode.
• W2 manual power set:
Power settings in mW of the 1426 nm pump band. This is relevant only in manual
operation mode.
• Manual gain set (dB):
This is relevant only in Gain Setting Operation Mode. It sets pump powers to achieve
the required gain and optimal gain flattening for the required fiber type. The value
entered in the field should be in dB. For example if 5 dB of gain is required, set the
parameter to 5. If the required gain is higher than available, the RA3P Raman
amplifier will operate at the highest possible gain (pump current at 90% of
Maximum).
• Line fiber type:
Transmission line fiber type (for adaptive Gain Flattening)
- (ftSMF, ftLeaf, ftTrueWave, ftG654, ftTeralight, ftDSF, ftTWRS)
• Input loss :

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This allows you to enable or disable pumps shutdown or activation when there is a
line input loss in the C Band. A password is required to disable the switch
• High temp:
This allows you to enable or disable pumps shutdown in the module when the PCB
temperature exceeds 85°C. If pump temperature exceeds 35°C, the module
automatically shut down with no possibility of management control of the shutdown.
• High back reflection:
This allows you to enable or disable pumps shutdown in the module when the High
Back reflection ratio Threshold (in dB relative to pumps power), or transient in back
reflection is exceeded. A Password is required to disable the switch.
• OSC band drop:
This allows you to enable or disable pumps shutdown if there is less than the required
power in 1500 nm - 1520 nm band, or if there is a sudden drop in this band. A
Password is required to disable the switch. Note that in addition to OSC band drop,
the pumps are also disabled by OSC Loss. OSC Loss is triggered by loss of
modulation of the OSC signal, and pump turn down for OSC Loss can not be
disabled.
• Cover switch: This allows you to enable or disable pumps shutdown if the protective
cover is removed.
• Change password:
This allows you to change the password that is required to disable switch status.
When this button is clicked, you are required to enter the old password. Then you are
required to enter the new password and verify it.
• Hi back reflection threshold (dB):
This allows you to set the threshold, relative to pump power, at which back-reflection
alarm/shutdown becomes active. Pump power [dBm] + High BackR trsh [dB] > Back
reflected power [dBm].
• OSC Band Threshold (dB):
This allows you to set the threshold for transients in the OSC band loss, at which a
change of ASE level in the 1500 nm - 1520 nm band for a period of less than 150
msec, activates alarm/shutdown.
• Tilt Factor:
This is an optional adjustment for spectrum tilt.
• ARP Time:
This allows you to set the delay between Automatic shut down and Restart. It can be
set to any value between 1 sec to 100 sec by the user. The default value is 10 sec.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Status
The following status fields are displayed:
• Status:
Detailed Raman Status. When OK, the RA3P Raman is properly operating.
Otherwise, detailed faults/alarms are reported. When a status item follows OK, this
item is minor. See “RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes” (p. 4-13) for
explanations of status item codes.
• Fans Status:
OK or Fail Fan 1, 2, 3, or 4
• Internal Pwr Supply Stat.:
Power supply status: OK or fail for Power Supply 1 or 2.
• Pumps Status:
Raman pumps status: Active or Shutdown.
• OSC State:
Modulated Optical Supervisory Channel signal status: Exists or Not_exists
• 1U Temp:
Temperature of PCB 1U box (°Celsius)
• Internal Module Temp:
Temperature (PCB) of Raman module (°Celsius)
• Pump #1 Temp:
Pump #1 temperature (°Celsius)
• Pump #2 Temp:
Pump #2 temperature (°Celsius)
• Pump #3 Temp:
Pump #3 temperature (°Celsius)
• Gain (dB):
Module Gain: shows the achieved gain, regardless of operating mode. Accuracy is
typically better than 1 dB.
• Input Power:
Input Power from the line (dBm), including signal and ASE power in the C Band.
• Pumps Power:
Combined total Pumps power (dBm).
• OSC Band Power:
Power in the 1500 nm - 1520 nm Band (ASE power + OSC Power in dBm).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• OSC Power:
Power of the modulated OSC in dBm.
• Back Reflection Power:
Back reflection power in dBm.
• Back Reflection Ratio:
Ratio of the Back reflection power to pumps power in dB.
• Power W1:
Pump Power in the 1454 nm wavelength band in dBm.
• Power W2:
Pump power in the 1426 nm wavelength band in dBm.
• Current (1):
Pump #1 current in mA
• Current (2):
Pump #2 current in mA
• Current (3):
Pump #3 current in mA

RA3P Raman production parameters


The following parameters are listed:
• Serial Number
• Software Version
• Hardware Version
• Firmware version
• Production date

History
This window shows the number of times since reboot, or during the last 24 hrs of the
following events:
• A Pumps off event
• An OSC Band Loss event
• A High Back Reflection event

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarms
The following alarm indications are displayed:
• Pumps On:
– Green: Pumps On.
– Red: Pumps Off.
• OSC band loss:
– Green: Power in 1500 nm - 1520 nm band OK.
– Red: Power in 1500 nm - 1520 nm indicates fiber cut and shut down occurred.
– Orange: Power in 1500 nm - 1520 nm indicates fiber cut but OSC Band loss
switch is disabled.
• High back reflection:
– Green: No high back reflection in pump band.
– Red: High back reflection (transient or threshold) occurred followed by a
shutdown.
– Orange: High back reflection in pump band exist but high back reflection switch
is disabled.
• OSC loss:
– Green: OSC exists (modulated signal).
– Red: OSC does not exist.
– Orange: OSC does not exist but OSC switch is disabled.
• Input loss:
– Green: Input signal in C band above threshold.
– Red: Input signal in C band below threshold, restart cannot occur.
• Internal power supply
– Green: Internal power supply OK
– Red: Internal power supply failed
• Ext. power supply A
– Green: Power supply A OK
– Red: Power supply A failed
• Ext. power supply B
– Green: Power supply B OK
– Red: Power supply B failed
• ARP pause:
– Green: The RA3P Raman is operating normally.
– Red: The RA3P Raman amplifier is in ARP pause, as dictated by the ARP time
parameter. The RA3P Raman amplifier turns on when ARP pause is terminated.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Local terminal status
• Restart In:
– ON - Restart command given through Housekeeping connector.
OFF - No command is given through Housekeeping connector.
• Shutdown In:
– ON - Shut down command given through Housekeeping connector.
OFF - No command is given through Housekeeping connector.

RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes


Overview
This section identifies the Status codes for the RA3P Raman GUI, and describes the
RA3P Raman ALS codes.

RA3P Raman amplifier status codes


The following table lists the codes that appear in the Status of the GUI, and the meaning
of each code.

Table 4-2 Status codes of RA3P Raman amplifier

Code name Status message Response Comment


OSC Band Loss. SBL APR 7 OSC drop band threshold lower
than the table value.
Input power Loss. NOF APR 1 C-Band power loss (no out fiber
connected on the Line interface
or if in backward mode - also
due to input power loss)
Modulated OSC DTL APR 8 Modulated OSC < threshold
Loss value
Back Reflection BKT APR 3 PES change > 3 dB/150 msec
Transient
High Back HBR APR 2 Pumps power– Back-reflected
Reflection. power < Back reflection
threshold
High Back BKS APR 2 Back-reflected pump power > 3
Reflection. dBm
High OSC. HSB APR 9 OSC power is higher than -15
dBm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-13
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-2 Status codes of RA3P Raman amplifier (continued)

Code name Status message Response Comment


Very High PCB TSD Shutdown PCB temperature has reached
Temperature 80°C
High PCB TMX Warning PCB temperature has reached
Temperature. (75 ºC)
End of Life. EOL Warning One of the pumps has reached
end Of Life threshold
Very High TEC HSD Shutdown One of the pumps has reached
Temperature. shutdown temperature (35 ºC)
High TEC HMX Warning One of the pumps has reached
Temperature. maximum temperature (30 ºC)
TEC Off – TOF Shutdown Permanent shutdown. for
abnormal example, One of the pumps has
temperature. reached shutdown temperature
(35 ºC)
Low TEC LMN Warning One of the pumps has reached
temperature. minimum temperature (20 ºC)
Very low TEC LSD Shutdown One of the pumps has reached
temperature. minimum shutdown
temperature (15 ºC)
Software cycle COF Warning
overtime.
System is ready for ARP Warning Module is performing
turning on. Automatic Restart Procedure in
which it waits a number of
seconds defined by the
“ARPTime” (AL command)
before activating pumps.
Pumps shut down WSD Shutdown Pumps were shut down through
alarm hardware
Gain not locked. GNL Warning AGC mode only.
Built in test failed. BIT Warning
Power supply PSF Warning Low/High voltage monitor to
alarm Raman module
Discrete pins HWS Warning Warning for hardware pin
simulation simulation mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-2 Status codes of RA3P Raman amplifier (continued)

Code name Status message Response Comment


Pumps in SD1 SD2 Shutdown Pump Shutdown event has
shutdown status. occurred for each of pumps
Not Stable NST Warning Triggered for 10 sec when
changing operation mode,
changing gain (AGC mode),
changing power (MANUAL
mode) and after pumps are
turned on.
Normal Operation OK No alarms detected. The RA3P
Raman amplifier is operating
properly
Low pump PML Warning Pumps power is below
threshold (400 mW)
Reduced pump LOH Warning Pumps power reduced to
power eliminate high Line out power
Fiber quality FBD Warning Fiber deterioration alarm
Pump shutdown ALSnnn Shutdown Pumps are shut down because
cause one or more of the APR
Scenarios (see Table 2-1, “APR
scenarios” (p. 2-6))
Internal Power 5V1F and/or Internal 5 Volt power supply (1
supply failure 5V2F and/or 2) is malfunctioning.
Fans failure nF One of the fans (n) is
malfunctioning. Eg. If fan 1 and
2 are malfunctioning, 1F 2F
appears in the status bar.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-15
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier GUI RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ALS code numbers
The APR causes listed in the following are shut down scenarios. The ALS code numbers
corresponding to the various APR scenarios are described in Table 2-1, “APR scenarios”
(p. 2-6). The sum of these numbers is displayed together with the “ALSnnn” status code
(see Appendix A, “RA3P Raman amplifier status codes”), where “nnn” is the sum (for
example: if both input loss and high back reflection: status: ALS 3).

Table 4-3 ALS Code numbers

APR shutdown causes APR scenario number ALS Code No.


(Brief)
Input Loss 1 1
High Back Reflection 2 2
High Back Reflection 3 4
transient
OSC band Loss 7 64
OSC Loss 8 128
High OSC band power 9 256

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-16 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
5 5 A3P installation and
R
commissioning

Introduction to installation and commissioning


Overview
The RA3P Raman Pump Module is used for long span masking in Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 terrestrial applications. It is inserted between the output of the long span and
the input of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node. The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32
nodes can be either a TOADM, FOADM, or in-line amplifier (ILA).
The RA3P provides pump power through the line fiber and distributed amplification. This
improves transmission quality by improving the Optical Signal to Noise Ratio (OSNR).
The RA3P is able to address most common line fiber types:
• SMF (G.652)
• DSF (G.653)
• PSCF (G.654)
• LEAF (G.655)
• TrueWave (G.655)
• TeraLight (G.655)
Over these fibers, the RA3P provides a flat gain spectrum over the full C-band (1530 nm -
1562 nm).
The RA3P is an external pizza-box. It does not fit in the 1830 PSS-32 shelf but is
installed in an Optinex ETSI rack, EIA cabinet, and 19" or 23" bay frames. Appropriate
mounting brackets are required for each mounting option. See Table 3-1, “RA3P Raman
hardware available for order” (p. 3-1) for installation kit information.
The RA3P is managed through its own Graphical User Interface running on a PC, either
locally or remotely through a LAN.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Introduction to installation and commissioning

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The RA3P incorporates optical detectors which ensure automatic shutdown in the case of
a line fiber break and automatic restart when the fiber integrity has been restored.
However, the shutdown and restart process relies on the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC). As a consequence, OSC is demultiplexed within the
Raman unit for analysis.
The RA3P incorporates an optical monitoring port allowing the operator or installer to
check the spectrum at the output of the Raman unit (the input of the following
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node).
Except for the line connector, the RA3P is equipped with LC/SPC optical connectors for
full compatibility with the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32. The line connector is an E2000
type connector for reliability purposes.

Figure 5-1 Example of RA3P Raman amplifier implementation in an Alcatel-Lucent


1830 PSS-32 system

Functional requirements
The RA3P has the following functional restrictions:
• Operating bandwidth is 1530 nm -1562 nm.
• When used at maximum output power (usual case), the maximum achievable span
cannot exceed 40 dB at 1550 nm. When used at lower power, possibly due to a bad
fiber, the maximum achievable span is lower.
• The RA3P Raman amplifier cannot work properly without OSC.
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 OSC must always be enabled.
Important! The OSC must be provisioned to OC-3 for proper APR operation when
an RA3P is used.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Setting up the RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Setting up the RA3P


Unpacking the RA3P
The following items are included in the RA3P shipping package:
• The RA3P unit
• Two Power supply cables
• One LAN cable (TBC)
• One Housekeeping cable
• One 30M jumper with LC connector on one end, and an E2000 connector on the other
• One 3M jumper with LC connector on one end, and an E2000 connector on the other
• An installation disk for the GUI software

Optical setup example


The following steps provide an example of how to connect the RA3P to optical
equipment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Locate the yellow jumper with the High power E2000 connector on one side, and no
connector on the other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Clean the connectors, connect the High power connector of the jumper to the RA3P unit
Line port, and the splice the other side to the SMF fiber line (at least 50 Km of SMF
fiber).
Note: The jumper with the E-2000 High Power connector is the only one with a
yellow jacket.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Use LC/SPC jumpers to connect the Output, OSC, and Monitor ports of the RA3P to the
required measurement equipment. For example, the Output port to an OSA.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 By default, the RA3P is set to operate in a counter propagating pumping configuration.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Important! Before making any optical connection, thoroughly clean all connectors.
Connect an input signal source to the end of the fiber line.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Setting up the RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows an example of an optical setup.

Figure 5-2 Example of optical setup

After the optical setup is complete, proceed to the next section to power-on the RA3P.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Powering-on the RA3P


Use the following instructions to power-on the RA3P
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Set the power supply voltage to 48 V.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Set the current limit of the power supply to 3 A.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Connect a communication cable to the LAN port of the RA3P, or use the supplied
turn-over cable between the RA3P and your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Connect the RA3P to the power supply with the supplied cable. The Black connector
should be connected to the power supply port with negative polarity. If a -48 V power
supply is used, then connect the Black connector to the -48 V port and the Red to the 0 V
port. The 0 V port can be floating or connected to ground.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Be sure to have the RA3P connected to an optical fiber line, as described for example in
“Optical setup example” (p. 5-3).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 DO NOT continue to next step until all in-use optical connectors are closed, and
connectors which are not in use have protective caps placed over them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Turn on the power supply.


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Setting up the RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 If the GUI software is not yet installed on your PC, then follow the installation
instructions in “GUI software installation (Peer-to-Peer connection)” (p. 5-5). Once the
installation is complete, open the GUI Icon on the PC Desktop.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9 The RA3P is now ready for use. For basic operating instructions refer “Basic operating
instructions” (p. 5-7), and for a detailed description of the GUI software refer to
“Overview” (p. 4-1).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

GUI software installation (Peer-to-Peer connection)


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Use the following steps to install the GUI software on a PC with a peer to peer connection
to the RA3P.
1. Connect the target PC on which you wish to install the RA3P GUI to the Internet.
2. Download the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) (http://java.sun.com/j2se/
desktopjava/jre/index.jsp) from the following link: http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/
download.jsp (http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/download.jsp).
3. When the page for that link shows up locate the link named Download JDK 5.0
Update 6 (http://javashoplm.sun.com/ECom/docs/Welcome.jsp?StoreId=22&
PartDetailId=jdk-1.5.0_02-oth-JPR&SiteId=JSC&TransactionId=noreg) (or later
version) and click that link.
4. You will receive a License Agreement page. Choose Accept and click Continue.
5. On the next page look for the link named: Windows Online Installation,
Multi-language (http://192.18.97.133/ECom/EComTicketServlet/
BEGIN25801F0DB7794C1949406F10132ACCA1/-2147483648/825356883/1/
592454/592418/825356883/2ts+/westCoastFSEND/jdk-1.5.0_02-oth-JPR/jdk-1.5.0_
02-oth-JPR:15/jdk-1_5_0_02-windows-i586-p-iftw.exe) and click it.
6. Save the downloaded file a folder. After the file has been downloaded.
7. Activate it by clicking it in the folder. This will install JRE.
8. Wait a few minutes for the installation to complete. After successful completion
continue to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Disconnect the target PC from the Internet.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Setting up the RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Connect the target PC to the RA3P. Use a cross-over network cable for the peer-to-peer
connection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Assign an IP address to the target PC within the default address range for the RA3P
(150.1.NNN.NNN). For example, assign the address 150.1.1.9 to the target PC using the
following procedure:
1. Right-click on My network places on the desktop of the target PC. Click Properties.
Right-click on the Local Area Connection.
2. Click Properties. Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) (if not already selected) by
clicking it. Click Properties.
3. Write down all the settings that now appear on the Properties dialog, so you can
restore them after completing the peer-to-peer connection.
4. Click the Use the following IP address: (if it is not already selected). In the IP
address input following four numbers: 150.1.1.9. In the Subnet mask input the
following four numbers: 255.255.0.0. Erase all the numbers in the Default
gateway and leave it blank. Click OK. Click again on another OK button.
5. If asked to restart the PC, do this and then continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Activate RA3P Raman GUI (through Internet Explorer) by clicking its icon on the target
PC's desktop. Leave the default IP address, 150.1.1.192, untouched.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 On 1st activation a Java logo will show up for several seconds before the RA3P Raman
GUI page is displayed. On subsequent activations display of the Java logo may be
skipped.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 After completing the peer-to-peer connection with the RA3P Raman, return the PC to its
previous network connection using the procedure in Step 4 to reassign the settings that
were written down previously.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 The RA3P Raman GUI can also be configured for network connection, but this is not
covered in this document.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Basic operating instructions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Basic operating instructions


This section provides basic operating instructions for the RA3P, and assumes that it has
been set up according to the instructions given in “Setting up the RA3P ” (p. 5-3). For
detailed information about the RA3P GUI software, refer to “Overview” (p. 4-1)

Turning the pump module on and off, and module status


To turn the pump module on and off, use the large red/green icon on GUI. The icon is red
when the pumps are off, and green when the pumps are on.
If an automatic pump shutdown has occurred, and you wish to restart the pumps, use the
large blue icon on the GUI.
The status of the pump module can be viewed in the Statusparameter on the GUI. The
value “OK” indicates proper operation, any other value indicates a problem. See section
“RA3P Raman amplifier status and ALS codes” (p. 4-13) for detailed information on the
status codes.

Setting pumps operating mode, and pump monitoring information


The pumps operating mode is set using the Operating Mode parameter in the GUI. The
possible values for this parameter are Max Power, Manual power, Auto Gain Ctrl. See
section “Pump modes of operation” (p. 2-3) for a description of the modes of operation.
When the pumps operating mode is set to Auto Gain Ctrl, the required gain is set using
the parameter Manual Gain Set on the GUI.
When the operating mode of the pumps is set to Manual power, the pump power can be
set using the parameters W1 Power and W2 Power. W1 Power controls the power of the
higher wavelength pump, and W2 Power controls the power of the lower wavelength
pump.
Various pump monitoring information, including status, output power, temperature, and
current, can be viewed in the PumpMonitoring window on the GUI.

Monitoring Optical Power


To monitor the input power to the EDFA and Line ports, see the parameters Input Pwr
and Forward Pwr in the Status window in the Main tab of the GUI. The Status window
also displays other monitored powers, such as back-reflection.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Procedure for GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Procedure for GUI software upgrade


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Establish a PC to provide TFTP service. During the Software download process, you will
use its IP Address. Open TFTP service on the assigned PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 On the TFTP server, save the raman_236a.bin and raman_138a.con in a directory named
C:/tftproot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Connect the RA3P to a COM port on your PC. Use the RS232 connector on the RA3P
and a standard RS232 cable for the connection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 On the connected PC, open a Hyper-Terminal window (>Start >Programs >Accessories >
Communications > HyperTerminal) using the following parameters:
Connect To tab configuration:
• Bits per second: 19200
• Data bits: 8
• Parity: None
• Stop bits: 1
• Flow control: None
Settings tab configuration
• Function, arrow, and CTRL keys act as: Terminal keys
• Back space key sends: Ctrl+H
• Emulation: VT100
• Input Translation: Shift-JIS
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Recycle the power supply on the RA3P, and observe the HyperTerminal window.
When it displays, “Press any key to halt boot sequence.” immediately press
Enter.
(Repeat if the boot sequence does not halt.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Several prompts follow. You are asked to respond to each as described in the following.
This sequence is for assigning to the RA3P the IP address you have received from your
network administrator.
1. For the prompt:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Procedure for GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Please enter CLI password.
Type: webpass
2. For the prompt:
Change password? [Y/N] -
Type: N
3. For the prompt:
Please enter IP parameters
Acquire IP configuration using DHCP? [N] -
Type: N
4. For the prompt:
IP address [150.1.1.192] -
Press Enter.
5. For the prompt:
Netmask [255.255.0.0] -
Press Enter.
6. For the prompt:
Default gateway [150.1.1.254] -
Press Enter.
7. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
8. For all the following prompts:
Please enter new boot parameters
SNMP get community [public] -
SNMP set community [private] -
TFTP server address [150.1.1.136] -
Type IP Address of a TFTP Server, (consult your network administrator. )
9. For the following prompt:
TFTP filename [ ] -
Type: raman_236a.bin
10. For the prompt:
Boot operation [1:Download image, 2:Download content, 3:Run] -
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Procedure for GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type: 1
11. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
12. Wait until the following prompt is displayed:
Please enter new boot parameters
13. For all the following prompts:
Please enter new boot parameters
SNMP get community [public] -
SNMP set community [private] -
TFTP server address [150.1.1.136] -
Press Enter.
14. For the prompt:
TFTP filename [raman_236a.bin] -
Type: raman_138a.con
15. For the prompt:
Boot operation [1:Download image, 2:Download content, 3:Run] -
Type: 2
16. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
17. Wait until the following prompt is displayed:
Please enter new boot parameters
18. For all the following prompts:
Please enter new boot parameters
SNMP get community [public] -
SNMP set community [private] -
TFTP server address [150.1.1.136] -
TFTP filename [raman_138a.con] -
Press Enter.
19. For the prompt:
Boot operation [1:Download image, 2:Download content, 3:Run] -
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Procedure for GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type: 3
20. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
21. Wait until the following prompt is displayed:
About to issue init cmd...
done
PLD version 0x4
Turn off all Housekeeping alarms
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 The RA3P has been assigned a valid IP address for connection to your network. You can
now disconnect the RS232 connection between the RA3P and your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 Verify that both the target PC and the RA3P are connected to your network. Use a
standard straight-through network cable for each connection, not a cross-over cable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9 Verify that your target PC is assigned a valid IP.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10 Activate RA3P Raman Amplifier GUI through Internet Explorer (activate Internet
Explorer by clicking its icon on the target PC desktop.)
In the Internet Explorer address bar, change the default IP address (150.1.1.192) to the
one that was supplied by your network administrator.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11 On first activation of the RA3P Raman Amplifier GUI, a Java logo will show up for
several seconds, then the RA3P Raman GUI page will be displayed.
On subsequent activations, display of the Java logo may be skipped.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P installation and commissioning Procedure for GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
6 Installation
6

Overview
Purpose
The RA3P Raman amplifier is an add-on unit to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32. It does
not fit in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelf but is installed in an Optinex ETSI rack,
EIA cabinet, and 19" or 23" bay frames. Appropriate mounting brackets are required for
each mounting option. See Table 3-1, “RA3P Raman hardware available for order”
(p. 3-1) for installation kit information. The RA3P is managed through its own Graphical
User Interface running on a PC, either locally or remotely through a LAN.
The RA3P can be implemented either as a TOADM, FOADM, or ILA. Several RA3P can
be used in a transmission system but only a few can be cascaded between regenerators
due to optical performance issues.
After rack mounting, optical connections must be established, then electrical connections,
and finally the RA3P must be configured and activated through the software tool.

Contents

Rack installation of RA3P 6-2


RA3P Optical connections 6-4
RA3P electrical connections 6-9

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Rack installation of RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Rack installation of RA3P


Rack housing
The RA3P is intended for installation in Optinex ETSI racks, EIA cabinets, and 19” or
23” bay frames.

Installation
Use the following procedure and information to physically install the RA3P Raman
amplifier in a rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Determine the type of rack in which the RA3P will be mounted, and locate the
appropriate mounting bracket kit, either the EIA (19") or ANSI (23") brackets from the
EIA/ANSI Installation Kit or the ETSI brackets from the ETSI Installation Kit. (Refer to
Table 3-1, “RA3P Raman hardware available for order” (p. 3-1).)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Install the brackets on both sides of the RA3P using the screws provided with the brackets
as shown in Figure 6-1, “RA3P mounting bracket” (p. 6-2).

Figure 6-1 RA3P mounting bracket

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Rack installation of RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Mount the RA3P to the shelf using two screws per side, as shown in Figure 6-2,
“Mounting the RA3P in a rack” (p. 6-3). For EIA/ANSI shelves, use the 12-24 x 3/8
Mounting screws included in the EIA/ANSI Installation Kit. For ETSI shelves, use the
M6 x 10 mounting screws included in the ETSI Installation Kit.

Figure 6-2 Mounting the RA3P in a rack

Note: It is recommended that the RA3P be mounted at the bottom of the rack as
shown in Figure 6-3, “RA3P positioning in rack” (p. 6-4) . If multiple RA3P units will
be installed at a site, it is recommended that they be mounted directly above one
another starting at the bottom of the rack.
Note: The RA3P fan takes in air on the left and exhausts it to the right. Care must be
taken not to block the intake or exhaust, or to heat the intake with exhaust from
adjacent equipment.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Rack installation of RA3P

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 6-3 RA3P positioning in rack

RA3P Optical connections


After installation in the rack, the RA3P must be connected to the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 and to the line fiber. Optical connections to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32
may differ, depending on the location of the RA3P (terminal site, line-repeater site, or
OADM site) and the number of consecutive long-spans to be masked.
Important! Before making any optical connection, thoroughly clean all connectors.
Use of a camera to check that connector cleanness is highly recommended. Note that
all optical ports of the RA3P are of LC/SPC type, except the line port, which is of
E2000 type for reliability reasons. It is recommended that the 30 m long E2000 cable
provided with the RA3P be spliced to the line fiber to avoid multi-connections
between the RA3P and the line.

Optical connection scheme


The generic optical connection scheme is as follows.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation RA3P Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 6-4 Generic optical connection scheme

Optical ports
The RA3P Raman amplifier is equipped with three Optical ports, as described in Table
6-1, “RA3P Raman optical ports” (p. 6-5) (also see Figure 2-1, “RA3P Raman amplifier
block diagram” (p. 2-2).

Table 6-1 RA3P Raman optical ports

Port Type Description


Line In E2000 This port has an E2000 high-power connector.
Pump power is launched through this connector into the
optical transmission line.
The signal enters the RA3P Raman amplifier from the
transmission line through this port.
Line Out LC The signal exits the RA3P Raman amplifier through this
port which is typically connected to an EDFA.
Monitor LC Used to monitor the signal exiting from the output port
(0.5% tap)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation RA3P Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 6-5 RA3P Optical connectors

Connect the Output Port of the RA3P to the line input port of the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 ingress line driver.
Connect the Line port of the RA3P to the line fiber (30 m long E2000 cable).
If necessary, connect the Monitoring port of the RA3P to an Optical Spectrum analyzer.
Note: When removing the monitoring cable, be careful to keep other connections in
place.

Optical connection in a 1-Degree TOADM/FOADM


Optical connections in a 1-Degree TOADM/FOADM are as follows:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation RA3P Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 6-6 Optical connection in a 1-Degree R/TOADM

Figure 6-7 Optical connection in a 1-Degree FOADM

Optical connection for an in-line amplifier (ILA) site


The following illustration show optical connections for an in-line amplifier (ILA) site
when only one span (East or West) is long:

Figure 6-8 Optical connection in an ILA site with one long span

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation RA3P Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following illustration show optical connections in a line-repeater site when both East
and West spans are long:

Figure 6-9 Optical connection in an ILA site with long spans on both sides

Optical connection in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 R/TOADM or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32


FOADM site
The following illustration shows optical connections in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32
R/TOADM or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 FOADM site when only one span (West or
East) is long:

Figure 6-10 Optical connection in a FOADM with one long span

The following illustration shows optical connections in an R/TOADM site when both
East and West spans are long:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation RA3P Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 6-11 Optical connection in an R/TOADM sites with two long spans

RA3P electrical connections


After installing in the rack and connecting the optical fibers, the RA3P must be
electrically connected to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32, to the Top Rack Unit power
supply, and to a PC for setting and starting.

Housekeeping cable
The Housekeeping connector of the RA3P is for future use. It allows the user to manage
some electrical relays and optocouplers to monitor the RA3P or to manually shut down
and restart the RA3P for safe maintenance of the optical link.

Figure 6-12 Housekeeping connector

Power supply cable(s)


Connect the power supply cable(s) of the RA3P to the Top Rack Unit (3 A fuses). Note
that the RA3P is equipped with redundant connectors for high reliability. It is
recommended, but not required, that you connect both power supply cables to the TRU.
Different power cables are required for ETSI and ANSI environments. Verify that the
correct cable is available before installation. (See Table 3-1, “RA3P Raman hardware
available for order” (p. 3-1) for installation kit information.)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation RA3P electrical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 6-13 Power supply connectors

Ethernet cable
Connect the Ethernet port of the RA3P to the local PC (using an RJ45 cross-over cable)
or to the LAN (using a standard RJ45 straight-through cable).
Note: This connection is mandatory for setting and starting the RA3P. It is not
necessary to maintain this connection during system operation.

Figure 6-14 Ethernet connector

RS232 cable
If necessary, connect the RS232 port of the RA3P to the local PC. This allows the GUI to
be upgraded (see “Procedure for GUI software upgrade” (p. 5-8)).

Figure 6-15 RS232 connector

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
7 RA3P Commissioning
7

Preparation
GUI overview
When all optical and electrical connections are complete, put the RA3P front cover in
place. Then switch on the 48 V power supply and launch the GUI application. (See “GUI
software installation (Peer-to-Peer connection)” (p. 5-5) for the GUI installation
procedure.)
The GUI screen is divided in several zones: configuration parameters, production
parameters, status, alarms, communication, sample, local terminal status, and icons. (See
Chapter 4, “RA3P Raman amplifier GUI” for a detailed description of the parameters.)
Help tips are available on the GUI screen when the cursor is placed over a specific
parameter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Preparation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 7-1 Graphical user interface

Table 7-1 List of RA3P parameters and status

Recommended Recommended
Allowable
Item value before value after starting
parameters
starting RA3P RA3P
Configuration parameters
Max Power
Operating Mode Manual Power Max power Max power
Auto Gain Ctrl
W1 Power 0 mW to 500 mW 50 N/A
W2 Power 0 mW to 320 mW 50 N/A
0 dB to 20 dB (based
Gain Set 14.5 14.5
on fiber type)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Preparation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 7-1 List of RA3P parameters and status (continued)

Recommended Recommended
Allowable
Item value before value after starting
parameters
starting RA3P RA3P
SMF
LEAF
TrueWave
Based on operating
Line Fiber Type TeraLight SMF
conditions
DSF, G.654
MetroCore
TrueWave RS
Input Loss Enable / Disable Disable Disable
High Temp Enable / Disable Enable Enable
High Back
Enable / Disable Enable Enable
Reflection
OSC Band Drop Enable / Disable Enable Enable

Cover switch Enable / Disable Enable Enable


High BackR
-17 dB to -30 dB -26 dB -20 dB
Thresh
OSC Band
0 dB to 5 dB 3 >3 dB
Thresh
Tilt Factor -5 dB to +5 dB 0 0 dB
ARP Time 1 sec. to 100 sec. 10 10
Status parameters
Refer toAppendix A,
Status “RA3P Raman SD1 SD2 OK
amplifier status codes”
Fans Status OK or NOK OK OK
Power Supply
OK / Fail Fan 1, 2, 3, 4 OK OK
Status
Pumps Status Shut down / Active OK OK
OSC Status Not Exists / Exists Not Exists Exists
RA3P Temp < 75°C Ambient ±5°C Ambient ±5°C
Internal Module < 75°C
Pump #1 Temp 20°C to 30°C <28°C <28°C

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Preparation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 7-1 List of RA3P parameters and status (continued)

Recommended Recommended
Allowable
Item value before value after starting
parameters
starting RA3P RA3P
Pump #2 Temp 20°C to 30°C <28°C <28°C
Pump #3 Temp 20°C to 30°C <28°C <28°C
Based on operating
Gain 0 dB to 20 dB 0 dB
conditions
Based on operating
Input Power -46 dBm to +5 dBm >-42 dBm
conditions
Based on operating
Pumps Pwr 0 mW to 720 mW 0
conditions
Based on operating
OSC Band Pwr -46 dBm to -13 dBm >-46 dBm
conditions
Based on operating
OSC Pwr -40 dBm to -15 dBm >-40 dBm
conditions
Back Reflect Based on operating
-55 dBm to +3 dBm N/A
Pwr conditions
Back Reflect
-32 dB to 0 dB <-26 dB <-26 dB
Ratio
Based on operating
Power W1 0 mW to 520 mW 0 mW
conditions
Based on operating
Pwr W2 0 mW to 350 mW 0 mW
conditions
Current #1
Current #2
Current #3
Communication and sample status
Communication Connected / Comm.
Connected Connected
status Error
2, 3, 5, 10, 30, 60, or
Interval 2 2
120
HSKU command status
Restart In On/OFF OFF OFF
Shut down In On/OFF OFF OFF

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Preparation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the following procedures, the RA3P unit is turned on in phases. Note that the 1830
PSS-32 is a two-fiber system (Transmit and Receive). Therefore, two RA3P units are
required for a long span, one at each end of the fiber span as shown in Figure 7-2, “RA3P
line connectivity” (p. 7-5). The output port of each RA3P is connected to the ingress LD
of their collocated 1830 PSS-32 node (a TOADM, ROADM, FOADM, or a line-repeater
site).

Figure 7-2 RA3P line connectivity

As shown above, both RA3P units are independent. Therefore, all of the following steps
to set up the RA3P units must be completed individually for each unit.
Note: The fiber quality should be checked when the Network is designed. However,
some issues during deployment may require that a field engineer perform OTDR to
obtain complementary indications concerning fiber quality.
The following procedures are performed in back-to-back, in sequence to verify line
connectivity, and to set up the RA3P.
• Initialization
– Load factory setting
• Checking the line for back-reflections
– WebUI settings
– Checking back-reflection during power-on
– Checking pumps power
– Checking the back-reflection power to Pumps power ratio
• Powering the RA3P and checking the OSC band ASE
– Initializing the “OSC band drop” safety protection
– Setting the value for the OSC band Thresh parameter
• Line Connectivity and OSC power verification
Verify C-band minimum power requirement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning RA3P initialization

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

RA3P initialization
Load factory setting
In the following procedure, the RA3P unit will be turned on by phases.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Click Return to Factory Settings on the right-hand side of the GUI screen.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Click Reboot to reboot the RA3P.


E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Checking the line for back-reflections


Overview
In this section, the line is checked to verify that fiber is clean, and that there are no
unwanted back-reflections. Bad connectors along the transmission line can be damaged
by the RA3P and will cause the unit to not turn on.

WebUI settings
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Select the correct fiber type in the Line Fiber Type field:
• SMF (G.652)
• LEAF (G.655)
• TrueWave (G.655)
• PSCF (G654)
• TeraLight (G.655)
• DSF (G.653)
• MetroCore
• TrueWave RS
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Choose Manual Power in the Operating Mode field


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Set W1 Manual Power Set (mw) to 50

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Checking the line for back-reflections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Set W2 Manual Power Set (mw) to 50


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Verify that parameters are received in GUI.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Disable the following safety Pumps Shutdown Switches:


• Input Loss
• OSC Band Drop
Note: Safety switches are password protected. The default password is “alcatel” or
“1234567”
Note: A valid modulated OSC signal must be present to conduct this test.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Enable High Back Reflection switch.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 Set the High Back-Reflection Thresh to -20.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9 Note: If values are higher than 50 mW, do not activate the RA3P, because safety
switches are deactivated. Only low settings (50 mW or less) assure the RA3P Raman
meets laser safety of CLASS 1 M.
Before moving on to the next step, verify:
• Operating Mode = Manual Power
• W1 Manual Power Set (mw) = 50
• W2 Manual Power Set (mw) = 50

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Checking back-reflection during power-on


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Switch ON the RA3P unit using the WebUI ON/OFF button


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 If the RA3P was activated go to, Step 7.


If the RA3P was not activated, continue with the following step.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Checking the line for back-reflections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Disable High Back Reflection switch.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Verify:
• Operating Mode = Manual Power
• W1 Manual Power Set (mw) = 50
• W2 Manual Power Set (mw) = 50
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 If RA3P is disabled (ON/OFF button = Red): Switch the RA3P ON.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 If the RA3P does not turn on, call Technical Support.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Finish
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Checking pumps power


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Record the Pumps power (mw) value: = _______


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Verify that the Pumps Power is between 80 mW and 125 mW.


If not, switch off the RA3P and call Technical Support.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Checking the back-reflection power to pumps power ratio


Note: If a Back Reflection Ratio < -25 dB cannot be reached in the following
procedure, call Technical Support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Check and record the Back Reflection Ratio (dB) value = _______
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 If the value is less than -25 dB go to Step 6.


If the value is greater than -25 dB (that is, -20 dB) continue with the next step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Checking the line for back-reflections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Switch off the RA3P using WebUI ON/OFF button.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Clean all Optical Connectors connecting the RA3P Raman to the transmission line,
reconnect them, and Switch the RA3P on.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Go to Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Switch off the RA3P using the WebUI ON/OFF button.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Enable the High back reflection the switch if previously disabled.


E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Setting the OSC band ASE


Setting the value for the OSC band thresh parameter
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Enable the OSC band drop switch.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Set the OSC Band Thresh value to 4 dB.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Line connectivity and OSC power verification


Overview
In this procedure, you will check the line to verify that the fiber plant is clean, and that
there are no unwanted back-reflections. Bad connectors along the transmission line can be
damaged by the RA3P and will cause the unit to not turn on. Therefore for this procedure,
enable the OSC at the transmit Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node.
Important! The OSC must be provisioned to OC-3 for proper APR operation when
an RA3P is used.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Line connectivity and OSC power verification

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Verify that the RA3P is switched off.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Verify that the OSC power is present and greater than -46 dBm.
Note: If OSC Band Power is NOT within specified range, verify line connectivity, but
do not continue with installation. Installation does not continue until OSC power is
within range. Verify with the system installer that the OSC signal is present on
the line.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Choose the Pump Op Mode option, Max Power.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Switch the RA3P on using the WebUI ON/OFF button.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Read and record pumps power


Pumps power = __________mW
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 If the pump power is greater than 650 mW, switch off the RA3P, using the WebUI
ON/OFF button and continue to the next procedure, “Verify C-band minimum power
requirement” (p. 7-11).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Check the Pump status.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 If Pump status = not active, read and record the value of OSC Band Power.
OSC Band Power = __________
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9 If OSC Band Power is lower than -48 dBm, verify with the system installer that the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 OSC signal exists and is being transmitted along the line.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10 If the OSC signal is not being transmitted call Technical Support.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Line connectivity and OSC power verification

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11 If the OSC Band Power is higher than -48 dBm, capture the GUI screen and contact
Technical Support.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Verify C-band minimum power requirement


Overview
This procedure verifies that the received power meets the minimum required band power
for the RA3P unit to turn on. Therefore provision the OSC at the transmit Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 node.

Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Switch off the RA3P.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Verify that the “Input Loss” safety switch is disabled.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Observe and record the Input Power:


Input Power = ________
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 If Input Power is less than -46 dBm, verify that C-band signal is being transmitted and
the line is connected to the transmission line.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 If the signal is still too low, call Technical Support.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Note: At this point, installation and verification of the RA3P unit is completed.
Switch off the unit and enable all shutdown switches, except Input Loss switch, which
is set to disable. Before starting the RA3P, check that all previously described
parameters (configuration, status, and alarms) are correct (see Table 7-1, “List of
RA3P parameters and status” (p. 7-2)). The unit is now ready to be commissioned for
operation with the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 system.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Commissioning Verify C-band minimum power requirement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
8 8 djustments and system
A
commissioning with
Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-32
Overview and parameters
Parameters
The RA3P unit is primarily used in Max Power or Auto Gain Control modes. The
configuration parameters required to successfully commission each RA3P, are listed in
the following table.

Table 8-1 RA3P configuration parameters

Configuration items Allowable parameters Recommended value


Operating mode Max Power Max Power
Manual Power
Auto Gain Ctrl
Gain set 0 dB to 20 dB (based on fiber 14.5
type)
Line fiber type SMF Based on actual fiber plant
Leaf
TrueWave
TeraLight
DSF, G.654
MetroCore
TrueWave RS
High BackR Thresh -17 dB to -30 dB -20 dB
OSC Band Thresh 0 dB to 5 dB 4 dB
Tilt factor -5 dB to +5 dB 0 dB
ARP time 1 sec. to 100 sec. 10

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Adjustments and system commissioning with Alcatel-Lucent Configuration
1830 PSS-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Configuration
Overview
When all fiber plant, line and OSC connectivity tests are successfully completed, and the
commissioning files are available, the commissioning procedure for the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 system with the RA3P Raman Amplifier can continue.
This procedure is divided in several steps as follows:
• RA3P configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 Commissioning
• Setting verification and completion

RA3P configuration
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Configure the RA3P parameters listed in the Table 8-1, “RA3P configuration parameters”
(p. 8-1).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Verify that the “Input Loss” safety switch is disabled.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Switch ON the RA3P using the WebUI ON/OFF button Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 As shown in Figure 7-2, “RA3P line connectivity” (p. 7-5), both RA3P units are
independent. Therefore the above steps must be completed for each RA3P unit at both
ends of the long span.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Once both RA3P units are ON, verify that the OSC data link between the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 nodes at both ends of the long span is up. Once the data link is up, the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 nodes are ready to be commissioned.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 commissioning


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Power commissioning with the 1354 RM-PhM Greenfield system wizard is not supported
when a RA3P Raman amplifier is present. If run, it will yield inaccurate results for the
nodes at both ends of the long span. To power commission the nodes with an included

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Adjustments and system commissioning with Alcatel-Lucent Configuration
1830 PSS-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RA3P Raman amplifier without using the wizard, the user must set the nodes at both ends
of the long span to be power managed manually. This will allow the wizard to complete
commission all nodes with automatically managed lines and will force the user to follow
additional steps to complete commissioning of the nodes at both ends of the long span.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Once power commissioning is complete for all other nodes within the network, the user
must return the setting of the lines at both ends of the long span to auto power managed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 To commission Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 systems with RA3P Raman amplifiers


always follow the steps required for a TOADM linear system or a FOADM system. Refer
to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32 (1830 PSS-32) Installation and
System Turn-Up Guide for detailed procedures.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Note that to commission TOADM linear systems or FOADM systems, OT must be


installed and wavelength services provisioned at both terminal nodes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Once all commissioning and power adjustment procedures are completed on both nodes,
the system is ready for its final step before an additional channel can be added.
Note: When Raman amplifiers are present in a span, the loss report generated by the
1354 RM-PhM provides inaccurate results for that span. The loss report does not take
into account the gain provided by the Raman Amplifier; therefore, the calculated loss
for that span is incorrect.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Setting verification and completion


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Verify that the RA3P units continue operating normally with the configuration parameters
entered above and that there are no outstanding alarms or red LEDs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Verify that the “Input Loss” safety switch is disabled.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Adjustments and system commissioning with Alcatel-Lucent Configuration
1830 PSS-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: At this point, commissioning of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 nodes and
RA3P units is complete. Since the RA3Ps are intended to be used in “set and forget”
mode, no additional adjustments are required. The initial configuration parameters
provided by the EPT must not be modified, if channels are added or deleted on this
segment.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Part II: PB1 Erbium Doped Fiber
Amplifier (EDFA) Power
Booster

Overview
Purpose
This part of the document provides information about the product specifics of the PB1
EDFA Power Booster.

Contents

Chapter 9, PB1 EDFA Power Booster 9-1


Chapter 10, PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors 10-1
Chapter 11, PB1 EDFA power booster GUI 11-1
Chapter 12, PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning 12-1
Chapter 13, Installation 13-1
Chapter 14, Commissioning 14-1

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) Power Booster Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
II-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
9 PB1 EDFA Power Booster
9

PB1 EDFA Power Booster hardware


Overview
PB1 EDFA Power Booster is a cost-effective micro processor-controlled high-power
EDFA module for C-band (1528.4 nm – 1564.7 nm) signal amplification. The amplifier
provides a flattened gain spectrum at its preset fixed gain point and low noise. Fast
transient suppression circuitry keeps the gain constant in cases when there are fast
changes in input power.
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster has the ability to boost output power of existing line
EDFA to 25.5 dBm. Though output power of the Power Booster is in the range of eye
safety Class 3B it incorporates three independent Automatic Power Reduction (APR)
mechanisms that enable the unit to be classified as laser safety Class 1M which makes it
possible to install the PB1 EDFA Power Booster in Restricted areas as opposed to
Controlled areas. For further details regarding the APR mechanisms, refer to “Automatic
power reduction (APR) and restart” (p. 9-5).
The following EDFA Power Booster is available:
• PB1 EDFA Power Booster, PN 8DG59966AA
This chapter describes the general features of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster.

Application
The main merit of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster is its ability to increase the launch
power into a fiber span and thus enable longer transmission spans, longer haul systems,
and a larger channel count. Figure 9-1, “PB1 EDFA Power Booster system application”
(p. 9-2), shows the system application of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA Power Booster PB1 EDFA Power Booster hardware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 9-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster system application

As the PB1 EDFA Power Booster amplifies the C-band signals, the Optical Supervisory
Channel (OSC) power budget may be a limiting factor on some links. The PB1 EDFA
Power Booster is equipped with a general-purpose slot that can accept an OSC booster
module that boosts OSC power to levels above 10 dBm, to extend OSC reach.

EDFA module block diagram


The following block diagram describes the main building blocks of the EDFA module
within the PB1 EDFA Power Booster. The module contains four detectors:
• Input monitor detector for EDFA and OSC EDFA
• Output monitor detector for EDFA and OSC EDFA
• Back-reflection detector – for back-reflection eye safety mechanism
• L-band detector – for Raman process L-band back reflection eye safety mechanism

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA Power Booster PB1 EDFA Power Booster hardware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 9-2 PB1 EDFA Power Booster block diagram

Mode of operation
AGC – Automatic Gain Control
The amplifier operates at a constant gain level. The system management supplies the
required operation gain. The calculation of gain inside the amplifier is made according to
the equation:
G = (POUT – PASE) / PIN where PIN and POUT are the total power levels at the input
and output of the amplifier and PASE is the excess Amplified Spontaneous Emission
(ASE) created by the amplifier at the specific gain.
By subtracting PASE from POUT it is assured that the amplifier locks onto the exact
desired gain.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA Power Booster Safety and automatic power reduction

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Safety and automatic power reduction


The PB1 EDFA Power Booster is classified as a class 1M laser product according to IEC
60825-1:2001 and CDRH 21 CFR 1040.10. This means that the product is safe under
normal operating conditions, but can be hazardous when the output connector or fiber is
viewed using optical instruments. Please refer to “Automatic power reduction (APR) and
restart” (p. 9-5) for further details regarding eye safety APR mechanisms.
To achieve class 1M classification, the amplifier incorporates an Automatic Power
Reduction (APR) eye safety mechanism. This mechanism automatically reduces output
power to below 20 dBm within 200 ms if the transmission line connected to the output
port of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster is opened at a location near enough to the EDFA
such that the power at that point would be higher than 20 dBm. This ensures that if a
break (open connector or broken fiber) occurs in the transmission line, then the maximum
power emitted from the fiber at the point of the break will always be below 20.8 dBm.
This is well below the level required for class 1M classification (21.2 dBm assuming
transmission in the C-Band, 1525 nm - 1565 nm). Thus, even though the output power of
the amplifier is 26 dBm, the APR mechanism enables class 1M classification.

Additional PB1 EDFA power booster features


Network ready communications
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster is controlled using the SNMP protocol through a standard
RJ-45 Ethernet LAN connector. The unit is supplied with a Graphical User Interface
(GUI) that can be installed on any computer connected to the LAN (or remote computer
with connection to the LAN).

Redundant hot swappable power supplies and fans


The Power Booster includes two redundant and hot swappable power supplies (120 V/220
V or 48 V DC), and 3 to 5 redundant hot swappable cooling fans.

Software download
Operating software can be replaced or upgraded while the PB1 EDFA Power Booster is
operative without any harm to traffic passing the amplifier. The Software download can
be performed from a remote site through the system management station or through the
RS232 connector at the PB1 EDFA Power Booster front Panel.

Amplification for OSC


OSC is separated from C band at amplifier input. It passes through an EDFA to be
amplified to 11 dBm.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA Power Booster Automatic power reduction (APR) and restart

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Automatic power reduction (APR) and restart


Overview
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster emits invisible laser radiation through the line port that
can be potentially harmful to the human eye and skin, as well as to optical and electronic
equipment.
During normal operation, when the PB1 EDFA Power Booster is connected through the
line port to a closed fiber transmission line, the amplifier may emit up to 400 mW of
radiation. However, as this radiation is enclosed within the transmission line, it poses no
hazard. A potential hazard can occur when this radiation is emitted out of the transmission
line, such as in case of a fiber break or connector opening. To avoid this, the PB1 EDFA
Power Booster is equipped with three different firmware mechanisms designed to detect a
fiber break or connector opening, and activate Automatic Power Reduction (APR) of the
PB1 EDFA Power Booster to reduce output power to below the level defined for class 1M
laser products (20 dBm).
The APR mechanisms are based on detection of two effects:
• C-band back reflection - Fresnel based.
• Amplified Spontaneous Emission (ASE) in the L-band (1600 nm - 1650 nm) - Raman
scattering based.
APR protection ensures that opening the line port connector of the amplifier, or
occurrence of any fiber break or connector opening in jumpers in the vicinity of the
amplifier will activate decrease amplifier output power level to 20 dBm in less than 200
msec. The PB1 EDFA Power Booster product is thus classified as a class 1M laser
product according to IEC 60825-1:1993+A1:1997+A2:2001, and CDRH 21 CFR
§1040.10.

APR detection mechanisms


There are three different APR detection criteria. These criteria are used either
independently or collectively to detect various scenarios, which indicate a potential safety
hazard and consequently result in APR activation. The criteria can also be used to detect
and alert system management with regard to deterioration of the transmission line.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA Power Booster Automatic power reduction (APR) and restart

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The three APR criteria are:
1. Back-reflection in C-band: Output power in C band of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster
and the back reflected C-band is continuously monitored and compared to the output
power. Changes in the back reflection ratio level (Back reflection ratio = Back
reflected power / Output power) indicate an open connector in the system and triggers
an APR event. The threshold of the ratio between the output power and reflected
power is can be set from -28 dB to -20 dB. The default is -26 dB. If the back
reflection ratio is higher than the threshold, the PB1 EDFA Power Booster reduces its
output power to 20 dBm.
2. Transient in back scattered Amplified Spontaneous Emission (ASE) in the L-band:
This mechanism continuously monitors the ASE in the L-band (1600 nm - 1650 nm)
caused by Raman process of the high-power C-band output entering the PB1 EDFA
Power Booster from the output port. Changes in ASE indicate an open or degraded
line (high loss points). If a change is detected which is greater than 1 dB per 200 ms,
PB1 EDFA Power Booster reduces its output power to 20 dBm.
3. Amplified Spontaneous Emission (ASE) in the L-band lower than Threshold: This
mechanism continuously monitors the ASE in the L-band (1600 nm -1650 nm) caused
by Raman process of the high-power C-band output entering the PB1 EDFA Power
Booster from the output port. Low ASE indicates an open or degraded line (high loss
points). If low ASE is detected lower than X[dBm], the PB1 EDFA Power Booster
reduces its output power to 20 dBm. Default value for X: -37 dBm.

Return from shutdown


If the shutdown is caused by Input Loss, the PB1 EDFA Power Booster will restart based
on the input power (>-4 dBm). It will shut down if input power is less than -6 dBm. If the
PB1 EDFA Power Booster is in automatic restart procedure (ARP) due to APR, it will
restart according to following logic:
1. APR due to High Back-reflection: After APR the power level will drop to 20 dBm
(Mode=APC). Once the back-reflected power is within normal range, the power level
will increase to normal operating level.
2. APR due to L-band back scattering: If L-band power level/output power increases by
0.5 dB (following a link restoration and at output 20 dBm) compared to L-band power
level/output power prior to restoration, power level will increase to normal operating
level. If new L-band power is higher than X-Y (default value for Y=1.5 dB), amplifier
will maintain power level. If L-band power is lower than X-Y, power level will go
down again to 20 dBm.

RAMAN/EDFA APR LD reset behavior


With the RA3P Raman and PB1 EDFA Power Booster packs in a span, a hard reset or
cold reset of an ingress LD will trigger APR in the span. The APR condition is raised in
the upstream node but not on the node where the ingress LD pack is rebooted. The
following illustration and sequence of events describe this behavior.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA Power Booster Automatic power reduction (APR) and restart

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 9-3 Example of RAMAN/EDFA APR LD reset behavior

When the ingress amp for TOADM (B) is rebooted:


1. RAMAN (A) sees OSC loss and turns off
2. This triggers APR only on TOADM (A)
3. The egress amp on TOADM (A) turns off
4. This turns off EDFA (A)
5. RAMAN (B) does not turn off as it does not see OSC loss
Note: In some cases EDFA (B) may not turn off the pumps, depending on the los
threshold setting on the PB1 EDFA Power Booster, and the number of channels
passing through this EDFA pack.

Settings for APR


Proper operation of APR requires settings for the PB1 EDFA Power Booster as shown in
the following illustration.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA Power Booster Automatic power reduction (APR) and restart

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 9-4 APR settings for PB1

Safety Switches & Thresholds:


• High Back Reflection: Enabled
• L-Band Scattering: Enabled
• Cover switch: Enabled
• High Back Reflection Threshold (dB): -25.0
• L-Band Scattering Threshold (dB): -37.0
• L-Band Scattering Tolerance (dB): 1.5
In addition to the settable APR parameters, the Input Loss trigger is always enabled with a
shut down threshold of -6 dBm and a turn on threshold of -4 dBm. The Input Loss trigger
works together with the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS system level APR algorithm to
guarantee Class 1M operation within the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS system.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
10 10 EDFA power booster
PB1
specifications and
connectors

PB1 EDFA power booster hardware


Available hardware
The following PB1 EDFA Power Booster hardware, installation kits, and associated items
are available for ordering and use with Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS shelves.

Table 10-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster hardware available for order

Mnemonic Description Product code


PB1 Power Booster (EDFA) 8DG59966AAAA
PB1IN19 PB1 Installation Kit - 19" or 23" 8DG60162AAAA
Rack
PB1INET PB1 Installation Kit - ETSI Rack 8DG60109AAAA

EIA/ANSI installation kit contents


The following items are included in the PB1IN19 EIA/ANSI Installation Kit:
• 1 — Assy Kit bracket for 19" rack
• 1 — Assy Kit bracket for 23" rack
• 2 — Power Cable, 48 V#C, NAR
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 30M (flat connectors, not angled)
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 3M (flat connectors, not angled)
• 4 — 12-24 x 3/8 Mounting screws, Pan Phil
ETSI installation kit contents
The following items are included in the PB1INET ETSI Installation Kit:
• 1 — Assy Kit bracket for ETSI
• 2 — Power Cable, 48 V#C, ETSI
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 30M (flat connectors, not angled)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors PB1 EDFA power booster hardware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• 1 — Jumper, LC-E2000, 3M (flat connectors, not angled)
• 4 — M6 x 10 Mounting screws, Pan Phil

Optical specifications

Table 10-2 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical specifications

Parameter Units Specification Notes


Min. Type Max.
Bandwidth nm 1528.4 1564.7
Saturation Output dBm 25.5 At optimal gain with OSC
Power filter at Output (filter
IL=0.5 dB)
Optimal Gain dB 5.5 6 6.5 Fixed Gain EDFA
Input Power dBm -5 21
Output power dBm 5 26.5 At powers lower than 5
dBm output stability worse
than ±0.1
Output power dB ±0.1
stability
Gain Flatness Versus dB ±0.5 ±0.75 At optimal gain
WL
Gain Accuracy at dB ±0.3 ±0.5
Optimal Gain
Accuracy for all dB ±0.5
detectors (minimum
is worst case)
Noise Figure dB 8 9
Input and Output dB 40
Return Loss
Pump Leakage dBm -30
PDL+PDG dB <0.4
PMD ps <0.2
Power Supply W 38 55

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Optical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-2 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical specifications (continued)

Parameter Units Specification Notes


Min. Type Max.
Current A 1 2 The 2A Current is required
only at turn ON of unit for
a few milliseconds (at
-48V)
Power Supply V -36 -72
Voltage
Laser Safety Class 1M

Time response parameters


The following table contains the EDFA module time response parameter specifications at
all operational conditions.

Table 10-3 Time response parameters

Parameter Units Specification Notes


Min. Type Max.
Transient Gain dB ±1.5 16 dB add/drop in 1 μs
Excursion
Transient Gain Error dB 0.5
Transient Settling µs 150 16 dB add/drop in 1 µs
Time
Return from Loss ms 300
Rise Time
Shut down Fall Time ms 40 150
from Input LOS

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors OSC booster card specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

OSC booster card specifications


The PB1 EDFA Power Booster is equipped with an OSC booster EDFA which is used to
amplify the OSC at 1510 nm for long spans without repeaters.
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster mode of operation for OSC is APC (Automatic Power
Control). The amplifier is set to operate at APC with output power at 11 dBm, regardless
of input power.

Table 10-4 Booster card specifications

Parameter Units Specification Notes


Min. Type Max.
Bandwidth nm 1503.5 1516.5
Saturation Output dBm 11 Measured at output port of
Power Pizza Box. Regardless of
input power.
Input Power Range dBm -4 0 7
PDG dB 0.3
Noise Figure dB 11

Physical specifications
Dimensions
The module physical dimensions are as described in the following Table 10-5, “PB1
EDFA Power Booster physical specifications” (p. 10-4):

Table 10-5 PB1 EDFA Power Booster physical specifications

Parameter Specification Remarks


Size 442 mm x 44 mm x 240 mm (W
x H x D)
Front Panel Power 2x3 Pin D Type (-48 V DC)
Connectors
Front Panel Two RJ45, Three 9-Pin D Type, Ethernet 10/100Base-T, RS232,
Communication One 25-Pin D-Type high-speed interface, I2C,
Connectors Housekeeping.
Front Panel Optical 2 x LC (Input, Out Tap monitor)
adapters High-power E2000 output
connector
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-5 PB1 EDFA Power Booster physical specifications (continued)

Parameter Specification Remarks


Cooling Fans 4
LEDs 1. Power Two-color LEDs.
2. ABN
3. FAIL
4. SHUT DOWN

Environmental specifications
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster has the following environmental specifications:

Table 10-6 PB1 EDFA Power Booster physical specifications

Parameter Specification Remarks


Environment Operating -5 °C - +55 °C
Temperature
Storage Temperature -40 °C - +85 °C
Humidity 5 % – 90 %

Ports and connectors


The PB1 EDFA Power Booster has three groups of connectors on the back panel as
shown in the following illustration.

Figure 10-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Optical connections
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster has the following optical connections:

Table 10-7 PB1 Optical connections

Port Description
LINE IN LC - Amplifier input port
LINE OUT E2000 - high-power amplifier output port
MON LC – Amplifier output monitor port

Figure 10-2 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical connectors

Communications ports
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster has four-communication ports:
• Craft Terminal connector x 2
• Maintenance (Housekeeping) port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• RS232 communication port
• INT1 and INT2 - I2C communication ports
Maintenance port connector
The DB-25 - Male connector (Maintenance) allows for direct-I/O through relays
connected directly to an FPGA. Alarms can be configured according to client request (FW
programming). All output pins are relayed through an optocoupler. The fault alarm also
includes the case were as result of eye safety event output power is reduced to 20 dBm.
The pin out is shown in Table 10-8, “Maintenance connector pin outs” (p. 10-7):

Table 10-8 Maintenance connector pin outs

PIN Name Function Active State


1 Common Customized input 1 Common
OUT (Raman)
2 IN1 Manual shutdown Contact closed
3 IN2 Manual restart Contact closed
4 NC
5 INC
6 NC
7 NC
8 NC
9 OUT1 Line Degraded – Eye safety Contact Closed
10 OUT2 Raman amplifier degraded Contact Closed
11 NC
12 NC
13 GND Housekeeping GND
14 Common Common OUT (Raman)
15 NC
16 NC
17 NC
18 NC
19 NC
20 NC
21 OUT7 External Power Supply Failed Contact Closed
22 OUT8 Pumps Off Contact Closed

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-8 Maintenance connector pin outs (continued)

PIN Name Function Active State


23 OUT5
24 OUT5
25 GND Housekeeping GND

RS232 communication port connector


The RS232 connector can be used to communicate to the PB1 EDFA Power Booster for
basic configuration (IP address setup, SW download, setting different passwords and so
on). This DB9 connector has the following pin outs.

Table 10-9 RS232 connector pin outs

Pin Function Pin Function


1 NC 6 NC
2 RxD 7 NC
3 TxD 8 NC
4 NC 9 NC
5 GND

Craft terminal port connector


This RJ45 connector is used for connecting the PB1 EDFA Power Booster to an Ethernet
network (LAN) through a hub/switch device or a peer device (for example, a PC
equipped with Ethernet network card). The network interface on the Power Booster
supports either 10Base-T or 100Base-T connections through the RJ45 connector.
Controlling and monitoring the PB1 EDFA Power Booster through the RJ45 connector is
done with the help of SNMP management software, which uses the SNMP protocol to
connect to the PB1 EDFA Power Booster. SNMP Element Manger software is available
for that purpose. Configuration of the connection speed can be done through the craft
terminal.
High-speed communication port
The high speed interface is used to communicate between network interfaced units in
high-speed protocol. The signal levels are compatible with LVDS and cabling between
the modules can be done using twisted-pair (100 ohm) cabling to ensure signal integrity.

Power connector
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster accepts 2x3 Pin D-Type (-48 V DC) connectors. (See
Figure 10-1, “PB1 EDFA Power Booster connectors” (p. 10-5).)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The power cable drawing is illustrated Figure 10-3, “PB1 EDFA Power Booster power
cable” (p. 10-9). RED is connected to 0 V, BLACK is connected to -48 V, and
YELLOW/GREEN connected to Ground.

Figure 10-3 PB1 EDFA Power Booster power cable

LED indicators
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster front panel has four LED indicators. Their functionality is
described in the Table 10-10, “PB1 LED indicators” (p. 10-9).

Table 10-10 PB1 LED indicators

Name Color Indication


POWER Green/no light GREEN - power operational.
No light- the internal AC/DC power supply is
switched off (for example, at unit start-up) or
when it is failed.
ABN Green/Red GREEN – No power reduction due to eye
safety event
RED - Amplifier output power reduced to 20
dBm for safety reasons.
SHUT Green/Red GREEN – Pumps are ON.
DOWN RED – Amplifier is shut down. It can be
either for safety reason, Module failure, or
that unit did not receive command to turn ON.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-10 PB1 LED indicators (continued)

Name Color Indication


FAIL Green/Red/Amber GREEN – The board is plugged-in,
configured, and no failure exists.
RED – A hardware failure in the Raman
module or mother board, which renders the
unit unusable.
AMBER – One of power supplies failed, One
of Fans failed, or firmware download is being
performed.
OFF: when the board is plugged and not
declared (that is not configured)

Replacing a fan
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster has redundant fans. If one of the fans malfunctions, a
system management alarm is received. A malfunctioning fan can be replaced using the
following procedure.
Refer to the GUI error message, as shown in the following illustration, or the EMS
through SNMP, to determine which fans need to be replaced. The GUI shown in the
following illustration indicates that fans 1 and 4 have failed.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Refer to GUI error message, or EMS through SNMP, to find out which fan needs to be
replaced. For example, in GUI snapshot below FAN 1 and FAN 2 have failed.

Figure 10-4 Main GUI — Fan status

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Take out the eight screws connecting the side cover of PB1 EDFA Power Booster as seen
in the following three images. Three of the screws are short (circled in yellow) and the
remaining five are longer (circled in red).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Identify the defective fan from labels beside the fans, as shown in the following image.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Disconnect the wire-to-wire connector on the defective fan. (The connector with same
number as the failed Fan. For example, if Fan 2 is failed disconnect connector 2.)
Disconnect the connector on the side opposite where the number appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Remove the defective fan.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Install the new fan. Ensure that the fan wires and label are facing into the chassis as
shown in the following image.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-13
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster specifications and connectors Physical specifications

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The orientation of the fan is critical to insure that the fan moves air in the
correct direction.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Connect new fan with the wire-to-wire connector.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 Reinstall the side cover and eight screws.


E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
11 11 EDFA power booster
PB1
GUI

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes setup of the PB1 EDFA power booster GUI, its interface, and
capabilities.

Contents

GUI setup 11-1


Parameter description 11-5

GUI setup
Opening the GUI
To access the GUI, connect the Ethernet cross-over cable to the PC Ethernet port, and
open a Web Browser on the PC. The default IP address of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster
is 150.1.1.192.
Note: When managing multiple RAMAN/EDFA units from a single workstation, it is
recommended that you open an individual browser instance for each unit. Attempting
to manage multiple units as Tabs within a single instance of the browser may result in
reduced performance of the GUI interface.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Prior to opening the GUI, a password dialog is displayed (as shown in the following
snapshot):

These passwords can be set in the MIB to value desired by client. The Read Password
allows access to monitoring only GUI access, the Write Password to full modification as
well. By default, you may click OK to continue.
A second level of password is required. By default, type Sup123 in the following dialog
to get full GUI access

GUI main window


The GUI Panel consists of two tabs:
• Main – Main GUI controls
• SNMP Management – Monitoring and setting SNMP traps

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The main GUI window is shown in the following figure:

Figure 11-1 Main GUI window

The main tab


The Main tab, shown is the first tab. It contains seven panes and three-operating icons.
The seven windows are:
1. Configuration – General operating parameters
2. Status– General Status information for EDFA and OSC EDFA
3. Production Parameters – Production-related information
4. History since reboot – Events that occurred in the past 24 hrs since reboot.
5. Communication – Indicates if SNMP communication is operative
6. Alarms – graphic presentation of high importance alarms for EDFA and OSC EDFA
7. HSKU command Status – Indicates if Housekeeping (Maintenance) is controlling the
On/Off functionality
The operating icons are:
1. On / Off switch (green / red icon).
2. Boot button (blue icon).
3. Load Factory settings (arrow).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Help tips are available on the GUI screen when the cursor is placed on a specific
parameter.
SNMP management chart
The SNMP management chart shows parameter settings related to SNMP communication
and a summary view of events, time, and date stamped as shown in the following figure.

Figure 11-2 SNMP management tab

Note: If there is no real-time clock hardware in the PB1 EDFA Power Booster, events
will be logged, but the time stamp will show "0-0-0 0:0:0:".
Note: Events will be logged also when the GUI window is not opened.

Table 11-1 Event log code

Event Log Code Current state including APR Shutdown cause (Brief)
1 Input Loss
2 High Back Reflection
4 Eye Safety
8 Output Power or gain limited

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI GUI setup

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 11-1 Event log code (continued)

Event Log Code Current state including APR Shutdown cause (Brief)
16 Output Loss
32 End Of Life
256 OSC EDFA Input Loss
512 OSC EDFA end Of Life
1024 OSC EDFA High Temperature
2048 OSC EDFA Output low
8192 Power supply problem.
16385 Temperature problem (either Ambient or Pumps or 1U
temperature).
32768 Maintenance shutdown or restart command.

The events history can be cleared either by typing RSTEV in the craft terminal window,
or remotely: through the MIB browser or by pressing Reset Events History button in the
GUI.

Parameter description
Overview
The following information lists and describes the parameters of the GUI Main tab. It also
provides a brief explanation for each parameter, and information about configuration
options.

Operating icons
• On / Off switch - (green/ red icon):

– Enable (Green) or disable (red) pumps operation. Disabling pump operation using
this icon supersedes any other setting or condition.
• Reboot button - (blue icon):

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

– Boots both the EDFA module and the 1U box software.


• Return to factory settings - (red arrow icon):

– To return to the factory defaults push this button, followed by the Restart button.
Otherwise the last configuration will be kept, including all parameters except
eye-safety related switches.

Configuration
For the following parameters, press the change (…) button to change the parameter value.
Configuration
• Operating mode:
EDFA Operational Mode (Auto Gain Control). See “Mode of operation” (p. 9-3) for
more details.
• Manual Gain Set:
Target gain setting for auto gain control.
Safety switches
• High back reflection:
If Enabled, then if there are occurrences of back reflection either in C band unit
reduces output power to 20 dBm (eye safety protection). If disabled then C band
back-reflection safety protection mechanisms are disabled and unit will maintain its
high power regardless of transmission line situation. Disabling the safety requires a
password. When safety switch is disabled unit is not anymore class 1M laser safety
product.
• L Band scattering:
If enabled and transient occurs in L Band ASE back scattering or L band reflected
power is lower than threshold, then output power is reduced to 20 dBm. If disabled
unit does not reduce output power if L band safety event occurs. Disabling the safety
requires a password. If operator tries to enable switch while it is disabled then unit
will not perform operation until boot is performed. A balloon in GUI tells the operator
that safety state will not be changed. When safety switch is disabled unit is not
anymore class 1M laser safety product.
• Cover switch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If enabled, the EDFA shuts down when the protective cover is removed.
• L Band scattering threshold:
If power of back scattered ASE in L band is below this value, unit will not be able to
be set power higher than 20 dBm. Default is -37 dBm.
• L Band scattering tolerance:
The transient level in L band scattering, which the unit recognizes as line
discontinuity. Defaults is 1 dB.

Status
The following status fields are displayed:
• Status:
Detailed EDFA and OSC EDFA Status. First are displayed status of EDFA, followed
by ";" and then status of OSC EDFA. OSC EDFA status has prefix of SOA: XXXX.
When EDFA and OSC EDFA are OK then status is: Ok; SOA:Ok. Otherwise detailed
faults / alarms are reported. When a status item follows OK then this item is of minor
importance.
• Fans Status (Pizza Box):
OK or Fail Fan 1, 2, 3, or 4
• Internal Power Supply Status (Pizza Box):
Power supply status: OK or fail for Power Supply 1 or 2.
• Pumps Status (EDFA):
Active or Shutdown.
• Internal Module Temp (EDFA):
Temperature (PCB) of internal module (°Celsius)
• 1U PCB Temp (Pizza Box):
Temperature of the 1U (pizza box) PCB (°Celsius)
• Pump #1 Temp (EDFA):
Pump #1 temperature (°Celsius)
• Pump #2 Temp (EDFA):
Pump #2 temperature (°Celsius)
• SOA status (OSC EDFA):
OSC EDFA active or shutdown.
• SOA temp (OSC EDFA):
OSC EDFA Temperature (°Celsius)
• SOA Gain (OSC EDFA):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSC EDFA Gain (dB)
• Gain (EDFA):
EDFA Gain when it is operated in Automatic Gain Mode.
• EDFA Input Power (EDFA):
Input Power calibrated to Input port (dBm).
• Output Power (EDFA):
Output power of EDFA (dBm) calibrated to Output Port.
• Back Reflection Power (EDFA):
Ratio of the Back reflection power to the pumps power in C Band (dB).
• L Band Scattering Power:
Power of back-reflected L-band (dBm)
• Total Current (EDFA):
Current for operating the two Pumps in EDFA (mA)
• OSC Input Power (OSC EDFA):
OSC Input power to Pizza Box (dBm)
• OSC Output Power (OSC EDFA):
OSC output power at output port of Pizza Box (dBm)
• SOA current (OSC EDFA):
Operating current of OSC EDFA (mA)

Production parameters
The following parameters are listed:
• Hardware Revision (HW Rev)
• EDFA operating software (FW Ver)
• EMS software revision (EMS Rev)
• GUI software revision (GUI Rev)
• Production Date (Date)
• Serial Number (SN)

Alarms
Alarms are displayed in three different colors:
• Green – OK
• Red – Fault
• Orange – Fault but related switch was disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EDFA alarms
The following alarm indications are displayed:
• EDFA On:
– Green: Pumps On.
– Red: Pumps Off.
• Eye Safety:
– Green: No eye-safety problem.
– Red: Eye safety warning.
• Gain/Output limited:
– Green: Gain or Output within target range.
– Red: Gain or Output limited alarm.
• Output Loss:
– Green: Output above 0 dBm
– Red: Output above 0 dBm
• Input Loss.:
– Green: Input signal in C band above threshold.
– Red: Input signal in C band below threshold, and input loss switch Enabled.
– Orange: Input signal in C band below threshold and input loss switch Disabled
• End-Of-Life
– Green: Pumps current status OK.
– Red: Pump current approaching end-of-life current.
• High Temperature
– Green: EDFA PCB Temperature/Pump temperature OK.
– Red: PCB Temperature/Pump temperature warning.
• Internal Power Supply
– Green: Both Internal power supplies are OK.
– Red: At least one of the internal power supplies has failed.
• Ext. Power Supply A
– Green: External power supply connected to connector "Power A" is OK.
– Red: External power supply connected to connector "Power A" is not operative.
• Internal Power Supply
– Green: Both Internal power supplies are OK.
– Red: At least one of the internal power supplies has failed.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Ext. Power Supply A
– Green: External power supply connected to connector "Power A" is OK.
– Red: External power supply connected to connector "Power A" is not operative.
• Ext. Power Supply B
– Green: External power supply connected to connector "Power B" is OK.
– Red: External power supply connected to connector "Power B" is not operative.
SOA (OSC EDFA) alarms
The following alarm indications are displayed:
• End-Of-Life
– Green: OSC EDFA operating current is below 0.98 of EOL current.
– Red: OSC EDFA operating current is above 0.98 of EOL current.
• Low OSC out power
– Green: Output Power is above 5 dBm.
– Red: Output power is below 5 dBm.
• High temperature
– Green:: OSC EDFA case temperature below 70 °C.
– Red:: OSC EDFA case temperature above 70 °C.
• Input Loss
– Green: OSC EDFA input power above -6 dBm.
– Red: OSC EDFA input below -6 dBm

Status codes
The following table lists the codes that appear in the “Status” parameter, and the meaning
of each code.

Table 11-2 PB1 EDFA status codes

Code name Status message Response


Pump over-current alarm ILD Warning
Pump temperature alarm TMP1 or TMP2 Shut-Down
High module (case) MTH Warning
temperature alarm
Low module (case) MTL Warning
temperature alarm
Coil temperature alarm CT Warning
Loss of signal (input) alarm LOS Shut-Down (only if in loss
switch enabled)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 11-2 PB1 EDFA status codes (continued)

Code name Status message Response


Loss of output power (or LOP Warning
gain) alarm
Low output power (or gain) LOPMA Warning
alarm due to the optical power
required higher than
maximum output power
Excessive reflected output RFL Power Reduction to 20 dBm
power alarm
Module disabled due to DIS Shut-Down
amplifier disable input or
alarm
Loss of DCF higher than DCH Warning
maximum loss allowed
Module in eye safe mode due ES Power Reduction to 20 dBm
to eye safe input or alarm
Module gain or output power LIM Warning
limited by software gain
limitation
EDFA Module is operating OK
normally
OSC EDFA is operating SOA:OK
normally
Pump over-current alarm SOA:ILD Warning
Pump temperature alarm SOA:TMP Shut Down
High module (case) SOA:MTH Warning
temperature alarm
Low module (case) SOA:MTL Warning
temperature alarm
Loss of signal (input) alarm SOA: LOS Shut-Down (only if in loss
switch enabled)
Gain not locked SOA:LOP Warning
Module disabled due to SOA: DIS
amplifier disable input or
alarm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster GUI Parameter description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
12 12 EDFA power booster
PB1
installation and
commissioning

Setting up the PB1 EDFA Power Booster


Unpacking the PB1 EDFA Power Booster
The PB1 EDFA Power Booster package comprises the following:
• The PB1 EDFA Power Booster unit
• A power supply cable
• A LAN cable
• One yellow fiber jumper having a high-power E2000 connector on one end, and an
FC/PC connector on the other
• Two hybrid fiber jumpers with LX 0.5/SC connectors
• Optional accessories, if ordered.

PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical set up


The following steps describes how to connect the PB1 EDFA Power Booster to optical
equipment:
1. In the Power Booster package, find the yellow jumper with a High power E2000
connector on one side and an LC/PC connector on the other.
2. After cleaning both connectors, connect the High power connector of the jumper to
the PB1 EDFA Power Booster unit (Line port) and the LC/PC connector to the SMF
fiber line (at least 25 Km of SMF fiber). Note that the jumper with the E-2000 High
Power connector is the only one with a yellow jacket.
3. Connect an input signal source to the other end of the fiber line.
Note: Before making any optical connection, thoroughly clean all connectors.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning Setting up the PB1 EDFA Power Booster

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An example optical setup is shown in the following illustration.

Figure 12-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical set up

After the optical setup is complete, you can proceed to power-on the PB1 EDFA Power
Booster.

Powering-on the PB1 EDFA Power Booster


Follow the instructions to power on the PB1 EDFA Power Booster.
1. Set the voltage of the power supplies to 48 V.
2. Set the current limit of the power supplies to 2 A.
3. Connect a communication cable to the LAN port of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster, or
use supplied cross communication cable between the PB1 EDFA Power Booster and
your PC.
4. Connect the PB1 EDFA Power Booster to the two-power supplies with the supplied
cables. The Black Banana connector should be connected to the power supply port
with more negative polarity. For example if a – 48 V supply is used then connect the
Black Banana connector to the –48 V port and the Red Banana to the 0 V port. The 0
V port can be connected to ground or floating.
5. Be sure that the PB1 EDFA Power Booster is connected to an optical fiber line, as
described in “PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical set up” (p. 12-1).
6. DO NOT proceed to next step before all optical connectors in use are closed, and
those which are not in use, have protective caps placed over them.
7. Turn on the power supplies.
8. If the Java software is not yet installed on your PC, then follow the installation
instructions in section “PB1 EDFA Power Booster GUI software installation
(Peer-to-Peer connection)” (p. 12-3). Once the installation is complete, operate the
GUI Icon on the PC Desktop.
9. The PB1 EDFA Power Booster is now ready for use. For a detailed description of the
GUI software, refer to Chapter 11, “PB1 EDFA power booster GUI”.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning Setting up the PB1 EDFA Power Booster

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PB1 EDFA Power Booster GUI software installation (Peer-to-Peer connection)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Use the following steps to install the GUI software on a PC with a peer to peer connection
to the PB1 EDFA Power Booster.
1. Connect the target PC on which you wish to install the PB1 EDFA Power Booster
GUI to the Internet.
2. Download the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) (http://java.sun.com/j2se/
desktopjava/jre/index.jsp) from the following link: http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/
download.jsp (http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/download.jsp).
3. When the page for that link shows up locate the link named Download JDK 5.0
Update 6 (http://javashoplm.sun.com/ECom/docs/Welcome.jsp?StoreId=22&
PartDetailId=jdk-1.5.0_02-oth-JPR&SiteId=JSC&TransactionId=noreg) (or later
version) and click that link.
4. You will receive a License Agreement page. Choose Accept and click Continue.
5. On the next page look for the link named: Windows Online Installation,
Multi-language (http://192.18.97.133/ECom/EComTicketServlet/
BEGIN25801F0DB7794C1949406F10132ACCA1/-2147483648/825356883/1/
592454/592418/825356883/2ts+/westCoastFSEND/jdk-1.5.0_02-oth-JPR/jdk-1.5.0_
02-oth-JPR:15/jdk-1_5_0_02-windows-i586-p-iftw.exe) and click it.
6. Save the downloaded file in a folder. After the file has been downloaded
7. Activate it by clicking it in the folder. This will install JRE.
8. Wait a few minutes for the installation to complete. After successful completion
continue to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Disconnect the target PC from the Internet.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Connect the target PC to the PB1 EDFA Power Booster. Use a cross-over network cable
for the peer-to-peer connection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Assign an IP address to the target PC within the default address range for the PB1 EDFA
Power Booster (150.1.NNN.NNN). For example, assign the address 150.1.1.9 to the
target PC using the following procedure:
1. Right-click on My network places on the desktop of the target PC. Click Properties.
Right-click on the "Local Area Connection"
2. Click Properties. Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) (if not already selected) by
clicking it. Click the Properties button.
3. Write down all the settings that now appear on the Properties dialog, so you can
restore them after completing the peer-to-peer connection.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning Setting up the PB1 EDFA Power Booster

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. Click the Use the following IP address: (if it is not already selected). In the IP
address input following four numbers: 150.1.1.9. In the Subnet mask input the
following four numbers: 255.255.0.0. Erase all the numbers in the Default
gateway and leave it blank. Click the OK button. Click again on another OKbutton.
5. If asked to restart the PC, do this and then continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Activate the GUI (through Internet Explorer) by clicking its icon on the target PC
desktop. Leave the default IP address, 150.1.1.192, untouched.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 On 1st activation, a Java logo will show up for several seconds before the PB1 EDFA
Power Booster GUI page is displayed. On subsequent activations display of the Java logo
may be skipped.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 After completing the peer-to-peer connection with the PB1 EDFA Power Booster, return
the PC to its previous network connection using the procedure in Step 4 to reassign the
settings that were written down previously.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 The PB1 EDFA Power Booster GUI can also be configured for network connection, but
this is not covered in this document.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Basic operating instructions


Overview
This section provides basic operating instructions for the PB1 Booster amplifier, and
assumes that it has been set up according to the instructions given in “Setting up the PB1
EDFA Power Booster” (p. 12-1). For detailed information about the PB1 GUI software,
please refer to Chapter 11, “PB1 EDFA power booster GUI”

Turning the PB1 EDFA Booster Module on and off, and checking status
To turn the PB1 EDFA Booster Module on and off, use the large red/green icon on GUI.
The icon is red when the pumps are off, and green when the pumps are on.
If an automatic pump shutdown has occurred, and you wish to restart the pumps, use the
large blue icon on the GUI.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning Basic operating instructions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The status of the PB1 EDFA Booster Module can be viewed in the "Status" parameter on
the GUI. The value "OK" indicates proper operation, any other value indicates a problem.
See section Table 11-2, “PB1 EDFA status codes” (p. 11-10) for detailed information on
the status codes.

Setting pumps operating mode, and pump monitoring information


The PB1 EDFA Booster Module operating mode is set using the Operating Mode
parameter in the GUI. The possible value for this parameter is Auto Gain Ctrl. See section
“Mode of operation” (p. 9-3) for a description of this mode of operation.
With the operating mode set to Auto Gain Ctrl, the required gain is set using the
parameter Manual Gain Set on the GUI.
Various monitoring information, including status, output power, temperature, and current,
can be viewed in the PumpMonitoring window on the GUI.

Monitoring Optical Power


To monitor the input power to the EDFA and Line ports, see the parameters Input Pwr
and Forward Pwr in the Status window in the Main tab of the GUI. The Status window
also displays other monitored powers, such as back-reflection.

GUI software upgrade


Procedure for GUI software upgrade
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Establish a PC to provide TFTP service. During the Software download process, you will
use its IP Address. Open TFTP service on the assigned PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 On the TFTP server, save the edfa_5813.bin and pwrex_8alc.con in a directory named
C:/tftproot.
Note: Be sure that you are using the most recent files for the EDFA.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Connect the PB1 EDFA Power Booster to a COM port on your PC. Use the RS232
connector on the PB1 EDFA Power Booster and a standard RS232 cable for the
connection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 On the connected PC, open a Hyper-Terminal window (>Start >Programs >Accessories >
Communications > HyperTerminal) using the following parameters:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect To Tab Configuration:
• Bits per second: 19200
• Data bits: 8
• Parity: None
• Stop bits: 1
• Flow control: None
Settings Tab Configuration
• Function, arrow, and CTRL keys act as: Terminal keys
• Back space key sends: Ctrl+H
• Emulation: VT100
• Input Translation: Shift-JIS
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Re-cycle the power supply on the PB1 EDFA Power Booster, and observe the
HyperTerminal window.
When it displays, “Press any key to halt boot sequence.” Press the Enter
key.
(Repeat if the boot sequence does not halt.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Several prompts will follow. You will be asked to respond to each as described in the
following procedure. This sequence is for assigning the IP address you have received
from your network administrator to the PB1 EDFA Power Booster.
1. For the prompt:
Please enter CLI password.
Type: webpass
2. For the prompt:
Change password? [Y/N] -
Type: N
3. For the prompt:
Please enter IP parameters
Acquire IP configuration using DHCP? [N] -
Type: N
4. For the prompt:
IP address [150.1.1.192] -
Press the Enter key.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. For the prompt:
Netmask [255.255.0.0] -
Press the Enter key.
6. For the prompt:
Default gateway [150.1.1.254] -
Press the Enter key.
7. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
8. For all the following prompts:
Please enter new boot parameters
SNMP get community [public] -
SNMP set community [private] -
TFTP server address [150.1.1.136] -
Type IP Address of a TFTP Server, (please consult your network administrator. )
9. For the following prompt:
TFTP filename [ ] -
Type: edfa_5813.bin (Be sure that you are using the most recent .bin file for the
EDFA.)
10. For the prompt:
Boot operation [1:Download image, 2:Download content, 3:Run] -
Type: 1
11. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
12. Wait until the following prompt is displayed:
Please enter new boot parameters
13. For all the following prompts:
Please enter new boot parameters
SNMP get community [public] -
SNMP set community [private] -
TFTP server address [150.1.1.136] -
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press the Enter key.
14. For the prompt:
TFTP filename [ ] -
Type: edfa_5813.bin (Be sure that you are using the most recent files for the EDFA.)
15. For the prompt:
Boot operation [1:Download image, 2:Download content, 3:Run] -
Type: 2
16. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
17. Wait until the following prompt is displayed:
Please enter new boot parameters
18. For all the following prompts:
Please enter new boot parameters
SNMP get community [public] -
SNMP set community [private] -
TFTP server address [150.1.1.136] -
TFTP filename [pwrex_8alc.con] - (Be sure that you are using the most
recent.con file for the EDFA.)
Press the Enter key.
19. For the prompt:
Boot operation [1:Download image, 2:Download content, 3:Run] -
Type: 3
20. For the prompt:
Modify the above or continue? [M/C] -
Type: C
21. Wait until the following prompt is displayed:
About to issue init cmd...
done
PLD version 0x4
Turn off all Housekeeping alarms

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 The PB1 EDFA Power Booster has been assigned a valid IP address for connection to
your network. You can now disconnect the RS232 connection between the PB1 EDFA
Power Booster and your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 Verify that both the target PC and the PB1 EDFA Power Booster are connected to your
network. Use a standard straight-through network cable for each connection, not a
cross-over cable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9 Verify that your target PC is assigned a valid IP.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10 Activate the GUI through Internet Explorer (activate Internet Explorer by clicking its icon
on the target PC desktop.)
In the Internet Explorer address bar, change the default IP address (150.1.1.192) to the
one that was supplied by your network administrator.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11 On first activation of the GUI, a Java logo will show up for several seconds, then the
Raman GUI page will be displayed.
On subsequent activations, display of the Java logo may be skipped.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
PB1 EDFA power booster installation and commissioning GUI software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
13 Installation
13

Overview
Purpose
The PB1 EDFA booster amplifier is an add-on unit to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32. It
does not fit in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelf but is installed in an Optinex ETSI
rack, EIA cabinet, and 19" or 23" bay frames. Appropriate mounting brackets are required
for each mounting option. See Table 3-1, “RA3P Raman hardware available for order”
(p. 3-1) for installation kit information. The PB1 EDFA booster amplifier is managed
through its own Graphical User Interface running on a PC, either locally or remotely
through a LAN.
After rack mounting, optical connections must be established, then electrical connections,
and finally the PB1 EDFA booster must be configured and activated through the software
tool.

Contents

Rack installation of PB1 EDFA 13-2


Optical connections 13-4
Electrical connections 13-9

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Rack installation of PB1 EDFA

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Rack installation of PB1 EDFA


Rack housing
The PB1 EDFA booster amplifier is intended for installation in Optinex ETSI racks, EIA
cabinets, and 19” or 23” bay frames.

Installation
Use the following procedure and information to physically install the PB1 EDFA booster
amplifier in a rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Determine the type of rack in which the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier will be mounted,
and locate the appropriate mounting bracket kit, either the EIA (19") or ANSI (23")
brackets from the EIA/ANSI Installation Kit or the ETSI brackets from the ETSI
Installation Kit. (Refer to “Available hardware” (p. 10-1).)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Install the brackets on both sides of the PB1 EDFA booster using the screws provided
with the brackets as shown in Figure 13-1, “Mounting bracket” (p. 13-2).

Figure 13-1 Mounting bracket

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Mount the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier to the shelf using two screws per side, as shown
in Figure 13-2, “Mounting the PB1 in a rack” (p. 13-3). For EIA/ANSI shelves, use the
12-24 x 3/8 Mounting screws included in the EIA/ANSI Installation Kit. For ETSI
shelves, use the M6 x 10 mounting screws included in the ETSI Installation Kit.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Rack installation of PB1 EDFA

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Some 19" racks do not use 12-24 mounting hardware. When this is the case, use
the hardware that is supplied by the frame manufacturer.

Figure 13-2 Mounting the PB1 in a rack

Note: It is recommended that the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier be mounted at the
bottom of the rack as shown in Figure 13-3, “PB1 positioning in rack” (p. 13-4). If
multiple PB1 EDFA units will be installed at a site, it is recommended that they be
mounted directly above one another starting at the bottom of the rack.
Note: The PB1 EDFA fan takes in air on the left and exhausts it to the right. Care
must be taken not to block the intake or exhaust, or to heat the intake with exhaust
from adjacent equipment.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Rack installation of PB1 EDFA

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 13-3 PB1 positioning in rack

Optical connections
After installation in the rack, the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier must be connected to the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 and to the line fiber. Optical connections to the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 may differ, depending on the location of the PB1 EDFA.
Important! Before making any optical connection, thoroughly clean all connectors.
Use of a camera to check that connector cleanness is highly recommended. Note that
all optical ports of the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier are of LC/SPC type, except the
line port which is of E2000 type for reliability reasons. The 30 m long E2000 cable
provided with the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier must be spliced to the line fiber to
avoid multi-connections between the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier and the line.

Optical connection scheme


The generic optical connection scheme is as follows.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 13-4 Generic optical connection scheme

Optical ports
The PB1 EDFA booster amplifier is equipped with three Optical ports, as described in
Table 13-1, “PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical ports” (p. 13-5) (also see Figure 9-2, “PB1
EDFA Power Booster block diagram” (p. 9-3).

Table 13-1 PB1 EDFA Power Booster optical ports

Port Type Description


Line In LC The signal from the TOADM/FOADM egress LD enters
the PB1 EDFA Power Booster through this port.
Line Out E2000 This port has an E2000 high-power connector.
The signal exits the PB1 EDFA Power Booster through this
port to the optical line, which is typically connected to a
Raman amplifier.
Monitor LC Used to monitor the signal exiting from the output port
(0.5% tap)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure illustrates the optical port connections on RA3P amplifier.

Figure 13-5 RA3P Optical port connections

Connect the Output Port of the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier to the line input port of the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 ingress line driver.
Connect the Line port of the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier to the line fiber (30 m long
E2000 cable).
If necessary, connect the Monitoring port of the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier to an
Optical Spectrum analyzer.
Note: When removing the monitoring cable, be careful to keep other connections in
place.

Optical connection in a 1-Degree TOADM/FOADM


Optical connections in a 1-Degree TOADM/FOADM are as follows:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 13-6 Optical connection in a 1-Degree R/TOADM

Optical connection for an in-line amplifier (ILA) site


The following illustration show optical connections for an in-line amplifier (ILA) site
when only one span (East or West) is long:

Figure 13-7 Optical connection in an ILA site with one long span

The following illustration show optical connections in a line-repeater site when both East
and West spans are long:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 13-8 Optical connection in an ILA site with long spans on both sides

Optical connection in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 R/TOADM or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32


FOADM site
The following illustration shows optical connections in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32
R/TOADM or Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 FOADM site when only one span (West or
East) is long:

Figure 13-9 Optical connection in a FOADM with one long span

The following illustration shows optical connections in an R/TOADM site when both
East and West spans are long:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Optical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 13-10 Optical connection in an R/TOADM sites with two long spans

Electrical connections
After installing in the rack and connecting the optical fibers, the PB1 EDFA Power
Booster must be electrically connected to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32, to the Top
Rack Unit power supply, and to a PC for setting and starting. The connectors used to do
this are shown in the following figure, and described in the following paragraph.

Figure 13-11 Electrical connections on PB1 EDFA Power booster

Housekeeping cable
The Housekeeping connector of the PB1 EDFA booster amplifier is for future use. It
allows the user to manage some electrical relays and optocouplers to monitor the PB1
EDFA booster amplifier or to manually shut down and restart the PB1 EDFA booster
amplifier for safe maintenance of the optical link.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Installation Electrical connections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Power supply cable(s)
Connect the power supply cable(s) of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster to the Top Rack Unit
(three Amps fuses). For power cable details see Figure 10-3, “PB1 EDFA Power Booster
power cable” (p. 10-9).
Note that the PB1 EDFA Power Booster is equipped with redundant connectors for high
reliability. It is recommended, but not required, that you connect both power supply
cables to the TRU. Different power cables are required for ETSI and ANSI environments.
Verify that the correct cable is available before installation. (See Table 3-1, “RA3P
Raman hardware available for order” (p. 3-1) for installation kit information.)

Ethernet cable
Connect the Ethernet port of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster to the local PC (using an
RJ45 cross-over cable) or to the LAN (using a standard RJ45 straight-through cable).
Note that this connection is mandatory for setting and starting the PB1 EDFA Power
Booster. It is not necessary to maintain this connection during system operation.

RS232 cable
If necessary, connect the RS232 port of the PB1 EDFA Power Booster to the local PC.
This allows the GUI to be upgraded (see “GUI software upgrade” (p. 12-5)).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
14 Commissioning
14

Preparation
GUI overview
When all optical and electrical connections are complete, put the PB1 EDFA Power
Booster front cover in place. Then switch the 48 V power supply on and launch the GUI
application. (See “PB1 EDFA Power Booster GUI software installation (Peer-to-Peer
connection)” (p. 12-3) for the GUI installation procedure.)
The GUI screen is divided in several zones: configuration parameters, production
parameters, status, alarms, communication, sample, local terminal status, and icons. (See
Chapter 11, “PB1 EDFA power booster GUI” for a detailed description of the
parameters.)
Help tips are available on the GUI screen when the cursor is placed over a specific
parameter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 14-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Commissioning Preparation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Figure 14-1 Graphical user interface

Table 14-1 List of PB1 parameters and status

Allowable Recommended value Recommended value


Item
parameters before starting PB1 after starting PB1
Configuration parameters
Operating Mode Auto Gain Ctrl Auto Gain Ctrl Auto Gain Ctrl
Manual Gain Set 0 mW to 520 mW 6 6
Safety Switches and Thresholds
High Back
Enable / Disable Enable Enable
Reflection
L -Band
Enable / Disable Enable Enable
Scattering
Cover Switch Enable / Disable Enable Enable
High Back
Reflection -20 dB to -28 dB -26 dB -25 dB
Threshold

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Commissioning Preparation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 14-1 List of PB1 parameters and status (continued)

Allowable Recommended value Recommended value


Item
parameters before starting PB1 after starting PB1
L -Band
Scattering -17 dB to -30 dB -37 dB -37 dB
Threshold
L -Band
Scattering -17 dB to -30 dB 1 dB 1.5 dB
Tolerance
Status parameters
Refer toTable
11-2, “PB1 EDFA
Status SD1 SD2 OK
status codes”
(p. 11-10)
OK / Fail Fan
Fans Status OK OK
1,2,3,4
Internal Power OK / Fail Pwr.
OK OK
Supply Status Supply 1,2
Shut down /
Pumps Status Shutdown Active
Active
Internal Module
-5 °C to 85 °C Room temperature -5 °C to 80 °C
Temp (°C)
1U PCB Temp
-5 °C to 65 °C Room temperature -5 °C to 55 °C
(°C)
Pump #1 Temp 20 °C to 30 °C <28 °C <28 °C
Pump #2 Temp 20 °C to 30 °C <28 °C <28 °C
Shut down /
OSC AMP Status Shutdown Active
Active
OSC AMP pump
20 °C to 30 °C 25 °C ± 2 °C 25 °C ± 2 °C
Temp (°C)
OSC AMP power
11 dBm 11 dBm 11 dBm
(dBm)
Gain 4 dB to 18 dB Cannot be set Cannot be set

In the following procedures, the PB1 is turned on in phases. Note that the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 is a two-fiber system (Transmit and Receive). Therefore, two-PB1 units are
required for a long span, one at each end of the fiber span as shown in the following

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 14-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Commissioning Preparation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
figure. The output of the egress LD of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node (a TOADM,
ROADM, FOADM, or a line-repeater site) is connected to the input of their collocated
PB1.

Figure 14-2 PB1 EDFA line connectivity

As shown in Figure 14-2, “PB1 EDFA line connectivity” (p. 14-4), both PB1 units are
independent. Therefore, all of the following steps to set up the PB1 units must be
completed individually for each unit.
The following procedures are performed in back-to-back sequence to verify line
connectivity, and to set up the PB1 units.
• Initialization
– Load factory setting
• Checking the line for back-reflections
– Initial WebUI settings
– Line Connectivity and OSC power verification
– Checking back-reflections during power-on
– Checking back-reflection ratio
– Final WebUI settings

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Commissioning Initialization

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Initialization
Load factory settings
In the following procedure, the PB1 unit will be turned on in phases.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Press the Return to Factory Settings button at the right-hand side of the GUI screen.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Reboot the PB1 by pressing the Reboot button.


E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Checking the line for back-reflections


Overview
In this section, the line is checked to verify that fiber is clean, and that there are no
unwanted back-reflections. Bad connectors along the transmission line can be damaged
by the PB1 and will cause the unit to not turn on.

Initial WebUI settings


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Choose Auto Gain Ctrl in the Operating Mode field.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Set Manual Gain Set to 6.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Set the High Back-Reflection Threshold to -20.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Set the LB and Scattering Threshold to -40.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Verify that the parameters are received in the GUI.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 14-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Commissioning Checking the line for back-reflections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Line connectivity and OSC power verification
In this procedure, you will check the line to verify system connectivity between the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 system and the PB1. Therefore for this procedure, enable the
OSC at the transmit Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Verify that the PB1 is switched off.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Verify that the OSC power at the input of the PB1 unit is present and greater than -2 dBm.
You can do this by reading the OSC Input Power from the PB1 in the Web UI.
Note: If OSC Band Power is not within specified range, verify line connectivity, but
do not continue with installation. Installation cannot continue until OSC power is
within range. Verify with the system installer that the OSC signal is present on the
line.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Once the OSC power is within range, proceed to “Checking back-reflections during
power-on” (p. 14-6).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Checking back-reflections during power-on


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Commission at least one channel on the transmit Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node to the
PB1 under test. Verify that the OSC at the transmit Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node is
still enabled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Switch On the PB1 unit using the WebUI On/OFF button.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 If the PB1 was activated go to, Step 7.


If the PB1 was not activated, continue to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Disable the High Back Reflection and Lband Scatteringswitches.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 If the PB1 is disabled (On/OFF button = Red): Switch the PB1 On.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Commissioning Checking the line for back-reflections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 If the PB1 does not turn on, call Technical Support.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Finish
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Checking the back-reflection ratio


Note: If a Back Reflection Ratio < -25 dB cannot be reached in the following
procedure, call Technical Support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Check and record the Back Reflection Ratio (dB) value = _______
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 If the value is less than -25 dB go to Step 6.


If the value is greater than -25 dB (that is -20 dB) continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Switch off the PB1 using WebUI ON/OFF button.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Clean all Optical Connectors connecting the PB1 to the transmission line. Then reconnect
them, and Switch the PB1 on.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Go to Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Switch off the PB1 using the WebUI ON/OFF button.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Enable the High back reflection switch, if previously disabled.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Final WebUI settings


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1 Verify that the PB1 unit is off. If it is on, switch it off using the WebUI On/Off button.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 14-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Commissioning Checking the line for back-reflections

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 Choose Auto Gain Ctrl in the Operating Mode field.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Set Manual Gain Set to 6.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 Enable the following safety switches:


• High Back reflection
• L-Band Scattering
• Cover switch
Note: Safety switches are password protected. The default password is “alcatel” or
“1234567.”
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5 Set the High Back-Reflection Threshold to -26.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Set LBand Scattering Threshold to -37.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 Verify that the parameters are received in the GUI.


Note: At this point, installation and verification of the PB1 unit is complete. Before
switching the PB1 unit on, check that all previously described parameters
(configuration, status, and alarms) are correct (see Table 14-1, “List of PB1
parameters and status” (p. 14-2)). The unit is now ready to be commissioned for
operation with the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 system.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Appendix A: RA3P Raman
amplifier status codes

Status codes for RA3P Raman amplifier


This section lists the codes that appear in the Status parameter, and the meaning of each
code.
SD1 SD2: Pump Shutdown event has occurred
TSD: PCB shutdown temperature was reached (80 °C)
TMX: PCB maximum temperature was reached (75 °C)
HSD or TOF: One of the pumps has reached shutdown temperature (35 °C)
HMX: One of the pumps has reached maximum temperature (30 °C)
LSD: One of the pumps has reached minimum shutdown temperature (15 °C)
LMN: One of the pumps has reached minimum temperature (20 °C)
EOL: One of the pumps has reached end Of Life threshold.
ESA: Eye Safety Alert.
PML: Pumps power is below threshold (400 mW)
ARP: Module is performing Automatic Restart Procedure, in which it waits a number of
seconds defined by the ARPTime(AL command) before activating pumps.
DTL: Dithering (OSC) loss alarm.
DTS: Dithering (OSC) loss while pumps are shut down (pumps will not be activated)
FBD: Fiber deterioration alarm
INH: High input power (> 0 dBm) on EDFA port (while in backward mode)
LOH: Pumps power reduced to eliminate high Line out power (exceeding 27 dBm) at the
Line interface. (This is a clear-on-read alarm.)
NOF: C-Band power loss (no out fiber connected on the Line interface or, if in backward
mode, also due to input power loss)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary A-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier status codes Status codes for RA3P Raman amplifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ALSnnn(for example, ALS1): Pumps are shut down because one or more of the APR
Scenarios.
The number "nnn" is calculated as the sum of the ALS code numbers, which correspond
to the APR Scenarios that have caused Pumps shutdown. The "first" encountered APR
Scenario that caused Pumps shutdown is reported by the APRStatus parameter (AS
command).

Table A-1 APR shutdown cause

ALS Code No. APR Shutdown cause (Brief)


1 Input Loss
2 High Back Reflection
4 High Back Reflection transient
128 OSC Loss
64 OSC band Loss
16 OSC Band transient

WSD: Pumps were / are disabled by hardware control pin. (This is clear-on-read alarm).
SCD: Sticky APR Status codes (CSDnn). Used as history for causes of shutdown.

Can be cleared by RESTART icon:


1 - Core APR is Enabled and may cause pumps shutdown (Disabled by default).
2 - High Back Reflection (Ratio of back reflection power to the combined pumps
power is higher than -17 dB)
4 - OSC band power after pumps start-up failed (did not rise by 2 dB or more)
8 - OSC band power dropped (by 2 dB or more compared to first reading after pumps
on).
16 - OSC band power is low (less than -43 dBm).

OF1 OF2: Pumps are disabled (by an On/Off switch (Amplifier Switch).
PESnnnor WESnnn (for example, PES-3 or WES-55): Pumps were shut down due to High
Back Reflection power. If "WES" (Was PES) appears then pumps were reopened due to
existing dithering (OSC).
The number "nnn" is the back reflection power (ddBm) that caused pumps shutdown, in
case APR Scenario is Back Reflection Transient.
Following the PES / WES Status Code there are more details relating to the back
reflection hazard BEFORE pumps shutdown:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier status codes Status codes for RA3P Raman amplifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
prvnnn (for example, prv-28): Previous reading of back reflection power in case pumps
shutdown was because of APR Scenario is Back Reflection Transient, where "nnn" is the
previous back reflection power (ddBm).
hinnn (for example, hi21): High back reflection power with regard to pumps power,
where "nnn" is the high back reflection power (ddBm) in case pumps shutdown was
because of APR Scenario is High Back Reflection. The threshold ratio for back reflection
power with regard to pumps power is specified by the HiBackRThresh parameter (AB
command).
pwnnn (for example, pw266): Combined pumps power before shut down - in case pumps
shutdown was because of APR Scenario is High Back Reflection, where "nnn" is the
combined pumps power (ddBm).
nNS (for example, 4NS) (optional): Shut down because of high back reflection will NOT
be performed, due to maximum allowed "n" consecutive times of immediate pumps open
(because of existed dithering) following a close as result of high back reflection.
COn (for example, CO3) (optional): There were "n" consecutive times of immediate
pumps open (because of existed dithering) following a close as result of high back
reflection.
SMOnnn (for example, SMO64): Pumps were shut down right immediately after open due
to potential eye-safety hazard.
The number "nnn" is calculated as the sum of the SMO Code Numbers, which correspond
to the APR Scenarios that have caused Pumps shutdown. The "first" encountered APR
Scenario that caused Pumps shutdown is reported by the APRStatus parameter (AS
command).

Table A-2 APR shutdown cause

SMO Code No. APR shutdown cause (Brief)


8 Fiber deterioration alarm
64 Drop in the short band power by more than 2 dB

IBL or WBL: Forward mode only: Pumps were shut down because C-Band power detected
on the PinBwd detector is less than the normal.
(0 dBm when PinFwd ≥ 10 dBm, or -5 dBm otherwise). This happen when line-out fiber
is torn at a short distance from the amplifier. If WBL(Was IBL) appears then pumps were
reopened due to reestablished input power on the PinFwd detector.
GEL": The recent requested Gain (GainSet parameter) is too high for the pumps to achieve
(with regard to the pumps' maximum allowed power and current and over the connected
line fiber), and it was not accepted. Instead, it was reverted (decreased) to the previously
used requested Gain. (AGC Mode only).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary A-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
RA3P Raman amplifier status codes Status codes for RA3P Raman amplifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NST: First ten-seconds stabilizing of pumps after open.
OK: No alarms detected. Raman amplifier operates properly.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Numerics

100 BASE-TX
A 100 megabit-per-second local area network known by the generic name of Fast Ethernet
operating over twisted-pair copper cable. This technology is becoming very popular and
cost-effective. It is designed to integrate with existing networks with minimal disruption.

10/100 BASE-T
A twisted-pair cable version of an IEEE 802.3 network.

3R (Reshaping, Reamplification, Retiming) Functionality


When a signal is converted from optical to electrical, optical translators reshape, reamplify, and
retime the electrical signal.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A ACO (Acknowledge Button)


A push-button switch on the indicator strip that can be used to retire an audible office alarm.

ADC (Analog Digital Converter)


A device that converts analog signals into digital signals.

AID (Access Identifier)


A unique identifier used to address equipment slots and ports, as well as facility tributaries, that
are defined for the system architecture.

AIM (Alarm Indication Message)


A return message sent from one NE to another NE that indicates it has received a signal so
degraded that it is raising an alarm.

AINS
Automatic In-Service (secondary port state).

AIS (Alarm Indication Signal)


A signal sent downstream by a NE to indicate that its incoming signal has failed.

Alarm
External notification or display of a failure condition. The indication of a failure towards an
external system interface or via audible or visible indicators.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm List
A status report that lists active alarms on the NE.

Alarm Log
A history of setting and clearing system alarms on the NE.

Alarm Severity
An attribute that defines the priority of the alarm message. The way alarms are processed depends
on their severity.

Alarm Suppression
Selective removal of alarm messages from being forwarded to the GUI or to the network
management layer OS.

Angular Misalignment
Loss at a connector caused by misaligned fiber end-face angles.

Anomaly
Any deviation from normal behavior. Anomalies do not result in any consequent actions, but are
contributors to defects and performance monitoring counts.

ANSI (American National Standards Institute)


A United States standards body that accredits standards for programmming languages,
communications, and networking; it is the U.S. representative in the International Organization
for Standardization (ISO).

APC (Angle Polished Connector)


A 5°-15° angle on the connector tip for the minimum possible back reflection.

Apparatus Code
ASCII name assigned by the manufacturer to identify a particular circuit pack by pack type and
number.

APR (Automatic Power Reduction)


The lowering of the laser power to a limit that fits into the class 1 category for handling fiber
cables. APR replaces the full power-off feature known as ALS (automatic laser shutdown) or
APSD (automatic power shutdown).

AR (Antireflection Coating)
A thin dielectric or metallic film applied to an optical surface to reduce its reflection and thereby
increase its transmission.

ASE (Amplified Spontaneous Emission)


Optical noise generated in an erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) with and without signal input
power.

ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)


A non-profit industry-wide organization that publishes standards, methods of test, recommended

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
practices, definitions, and related material.

Asynchronous
Data that is transmitted without an associated clock signal.

ATAG (Autonomously Generated Correlation Tag)


An autonomous TL1 message (event) counter used to detect lost events.

ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)


A high speed digital transmission switching format, containing 5 bytes of header information
followed by 48 data bytes.

Attenuation
The decrease in signal strength along a fiber optic waveguide caused by absorption and scattering.
Attenuation is usually expressed in dB/km.

Attenuator
A passive device that reduces the amplitude of a signal without distorting the waveform.

Auto-Provisioning
Configuration of system parts without pre-provisioning. When a part is plugged into the system, it
is accepted with its default configuration.

Automatic Protection Switch


A protection switch that occurs automatically in response to an automatically detected fault
condition.

Autonomous Message
Message sent by the system to the CIT to notify it of any state change in the system. Autonomous
messages are not responses to a CIT-initiated command. Examples of these messages include
alarms, events (non-alarmed condition), notification of connections that are added or deleted, and
changes in the system database.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

B Back Reflection
See Fresnel Reflection.

Backscattering
The return of a portion of scattered light to the input end of a fiber; the scattering of light in the
direction opposite to its original propagation.

Bay
An aluminum steel enclosure for rack-mounted equipment. Also known as rack.

BCM (Board Controller Module)


A small module (printed wiring board plus components) that plugs into almost every circuit pack
(other than the NCTL, SCTL, and SUPVY) to supply the processor, memory, and intra-NE
communications capabilities needed to operate the pack in the system.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-3
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Beamsplitter
An optical device, such as a partially reflecting mirror, that splits a beam of light into two or more
beams. Used in fiber optics for directional couplers.

Bend Radius
The smallest radius an optical fiber or fiber cable can bend before increased attenuation or
breakage occurs.

Bending Loss
Attenuation caused by high-order modes radiating from the outside of a fiber optic waveguide that
occurs when the fiber is bent around a small radius. See also macrobending, microbending.

BER (Bit Error Rate)


BER measures how accurately a bit stream is transmitted through a system. It measures how
many bits are received in error compared to how many are sent.

Birefringent
When light moving in one direction acts differently from light going in another direction.

BLKR (64 CH)


The BLKR circuit pack is used in the WXC for blocking channels that should not mesh to the
other line. These packs are used for 40G transmission.

Blockers
Blockers allow reuse of channels that have been dropped by blocking wavelengths on an
individual basis within an ROADM/WXC NE.

Brillouin Scattering
In a transmission path, scattering of lightwaves, caused by thermally driven density fluctuations.
Brillouin scattering may cause frequency shifts of several gigahertz at room temperature.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

C Cable Assembly
A cable that is connector-terminated and ready for installation.

Cable Plant
Consists of all the optical elements including fiber connectors and splices between a transmitter
and a receiver.

CCITT (Consultative Committee for the International Telephone and Telegraph)


See International Telecommunications Union Telecommunications Standards Sector (ITU-TSS).

CDR (Clock and Data Recovery)


A technique used in Local Area Networks (LANs) whereby a data octet is subdivided, scrambled,
and encoded into an expanded form. The expanded expression of the data value includes bits that
are used for clock recovery.

CDS (Complementary Double Shelf)


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
See DS ( Double Shelf).

Center Wavelength
In a laser, the nominal value central operating wavelength. It is the wavelength defined by a peak
mode measurement where the effective optical power resides. In a LED, the average of the two
wavelengths measured at the half-amplitude points of the power spectrum.

CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute)


A measure of how much air moves through the fan of air-coded equipment.

Channel
A communications path or the signal sent over that path.

Chirp
In laser diodes, the shift of the laser's central wavelength during single pulse duration caused by
laser instability.

Chromatic Dispersion
The speed that an optical pulse travels depends on the fiber wavelength. This is caused by several
factors including material dispersion, waveguide dispersion, and profile dispersion. The net effect
of chromatic dispersion is that if an optical pulse contains multiple wave-lengths (colors), then the
different colors travel at different speeds and arrive at different times, spreading the received
optical signal.

CIO (Controller Input/Output ) Circuit Pack


A circuit pack that indicates Ethernet port status.

CIT (Craft Interface Terminal)


A local interface between humans and a NE. It is used to issue commands to the local system or,
by way of a remote login, to another system on the same fiber as the local system.

CL (Coupling Ratio/Loss)
The ratio/loss of optical power from one output port to the total output power, expressed as a
percentage.

Cladding
Material that surrounds the core of an optical fiber that has a lower index of refraction compared
to that of the core. The lower index of refraction causes the transmitted light to travel down the
core.

CLEI (Common Language Equipment Identifier)


CLEI codes enable you to clearly and consistently identify and track virtually every type of
telecommunications equipment. In the United States, these codes are assigned by Telecordia, and
are 10 bytes long.

CO (Central Office)
A CO can be a building, a switch, or collection of switches where subscriber lines are joined to
switching equipment that connects the subscribers to each other, other subscribers, and/or long

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-5
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
distance subscribers.

Compact Flash Memory Module (CFMM)


A removeable memory module used with LambdaXtreme™ Transport Repeaters for storage of
executable code and provisioned data. CFMM is smaller than the FMM, and requires the use of an
adaptor when inserted into the CIT PC. See also FMM.

Connector
A mechanical or optical device that provides a demountable connection between two fibers or a
fiber and a source or detector.

Connector Plug
A device that terminates an optical conductor cable.

Connector Receptacle
The fixed or stationary half of a connection that is mounted on a panel/bulkhead. Receptacles
mate with plugs.

Connector Variation
The maximum value in dB of the difference in insertion loss between mating optical connectors
(for example, with remating and temperature cycling). Also called Optical Connector Variation.

Core
The central portion of the fiber that transmits light. It is composed of material with a higher index
of refraction than the cladding.

Coupler
An optical device that combines or splits power from optical fibers.

CPB
Commissioning and power balancing tool.

CPEDS (Circuit Pack Extraction Detection Switches)


Switches that are built into the circuit packs that detect when a circuit pack is being removed from
the shelf.

CR (Coupling Ratio/Loss)
The ratio/loss of optical power from one output port to the total output power, expressed as a
percentage.

CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check)


A method to detect erroneous bits in a byte stream.

CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection)


A control technique for getting onto and off a LAN. All devices attached to the network listen for
transmissions in progress (that is, carrier sense) before starting to transmit (multiple access). If
two or more begin transmitting at the same time and their transmissions crash into each other,
each backs off (collision detection ) for a different amount of time (determined by an algorithm)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
before again attempting to transmit.

CTAG (Correlation Tag)


A user supplied label attached to an input command that is repeated in the associated response to
facilitate the correlation of input to response.

Current SW Generic (Current Software Generic)


The software and data that the NE is currently using. It is loaded on to the active partition of the
FlashDisk Memory Module.

CW (Continuous Wave)
The constant optical output from an optical source when it is turned on, but not modulated with a
signal.

CWDM
Coarse WDM.

CWR8
An 8 port colorless wavelength router; 44 channel capacity.

CWR8-88
An 8 port colorless wavelength router; 88 channel capacity.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

D DAC (Digital to Analog Converter)


A device that converts digital signals into analog signals.

Dark Current
The flow of electricity through the diode in a photodiode when no light is present.

DCC (Data Communication Channel)


A portion of the SDH/SONET signal that contains alarm, surveillance, and performance
information.

DCF (Dispersion Compensating Fiber)


A special fiber with a negative chromatic dispersion coefficient used to compensate the positive
chromatic disperion of the transmission fiber in the third optical window.

DCM (Dispersion Compensation Module)


Spooled fiber used to control excess dispersion found in certain fiber types at pre- and
post-amplification.

DCN (Data Communication Network)


DCN supports communications between NEs and the NMS.

DCS (Digital Cross-Connect System)


A system that has multiple input and output streams, and can interconnect a signal from any input
to any output.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-7
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEMUX or DMX (Demultiplexer)
A module that separates two or more signals previously combined by compatible multiplexing
equipment.

Detector
An opto-electric transducer used in fiber optics to convert optical power to electrical current.
Usually referred to as a photodiode.

DGD (Differential Group Delay)


In an optical fiber, the variation in propagation delay that occurs because of the different group
velocities of different modes.

DGEF (Dynamic Gain Equalization Filter)


A filter that equalizes the gain of an optical signal.

DHCP (Dynamic Host Control Protocol)


DHCP enables PCs and workstations to get temporary or permanent IP addresses from the server.

Directional Coupler
A coupling device for separately sampling (through a known coupling loss) either the forward
(incident) or the backward (reflected) wave in a transmission line.

Dispersion
The temporal spreading of a light signal in an optical waveguide caused by light signals traveling
at different speeds through a fiber either due to modal or chromatic effects.

Distortion
The difference in value between two measurements of a signal (transmitted and received).

DL (Data Link)
The communication link used for data transmission from a source to a destination.

DM (Dispersion Mangement)
The DM circuit pack provides dispersion management on 40G OTs. This is a passive transmission
circuit pack, and is managed by the SCTL.

DMS (Dispersion Managed Soliton)


A technique that allows solitons to become more resistant to errors when they are propagating
inside optical fibers. See also Solitons.

DS (Double Shelf)
Two shelves with a fan assembly between them and a heat baffle below the lower shelf. A DS is
NEBS level 3 compatible, and each shelf contains sixteen 30 mm slots. LambdaXtreme™
Transport has the following double shelves: Network Controller Double Shelf (NCDS), Repeater
Double Shelf (RDS), High Density Double Shelf (HDDS), and Complementary Double Shelf
(CDS).

DSA (Directory System Agents)


An operating system application process that provides the Directory functionality.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DSF (Dispersion-Shifted Fiber)
Used to improve on Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted Fiber by shifting the interface between the fiber
core and cladding. This fiber exhibits optimum attenuation performance at 1550 nm and optimum
bandwidth at 1300 nm.

DSP (Digital Signal Processor)


A specialized semiconductor device that converts analog signals into digital signals.

DTE (Data Terminal Equipment)


DTE is part of a broader grouping of equipment known as customer premises equipment that
includes voice, data, and end terminals.

Duplex Cable
A two-fiber cable suitable for duplex transmission.

Duplex Transmission
Transmission in both directions, either one direction at a time (half-duplex) or both directions
simultaneously (full-duplex).

DWDM (Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing)


Transmitting eight or more signals of different wavelengths simultaneously over a single fiber.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

E E-LEAF (Enhanced-Large Effective Area Fiber)


A fiber type manufactured by Corning.

EDC (Error Detection Code)


Code construction that provides a way to protect, correct data from errors, and maintain the data
integrity.

EDCV (Error Detection Code Violation)


Occurs when the calculated checksum over a signal does not match the received checksum.

EDFA (Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier)


Optical fibers doped with the rare earth element erbium that can amplify light in the 1550 nm
region when pumped by an external light source.

EEPROM (Electrical Erasable and Programmable Read-Only Memory)


A kind of non-volatile memory often used to store inventory data.

EMI (Electromagnetic Interference)


High-energy, electrically induced magnetic fields that cause data corruption in cables passing
through the fields.

EML (Externally Modulated Laser)


When laser is modulated using a Mach-Zehnder modulator.

EMR (Electromagnetic Radiation)


Radiation made up of oscillating electric and magnetic fields and propagated with the speed of
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-9
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
light. Includes gamma radiation, X-rays, ultraviolet, visible and infrared radiation, and radar and
radio waves.

EMS (Element Management System)


System that manages NEs either directly attached to it or are remotely connected by using the
DCN. Examples of these systems are the CIT and Lucent OMS.

Engineering Rules
A set of rules that determine the system configuration possibilities based on fiber type, OA, rate,
and number of wavelengths. These rules also determine the maximum loss per span that can be
tolerated, the maximum distance between spans allowed, and the maximum number of spans that
can be supported.

EOL (End-Of-Life)
EOL defines the status or values at the end of the guaranteed lifetime of a component. EOL is
reached when the wear-out failure rate dominates the component failure rate.

EPT
Engineering and planning tool.

Error Recovery
The intent to recover from a detected error, such as inconsistent state or configuration
information. See also Operational Recovery.

ES-IS (End System to Intermediate System Protocol)


An ISO OSI network-layer protocol (ISO 9542) for End Systems (alias hosts) communicating to
Intermediate Systems (alias routers) that dynamically builds the relevant network routing
databases (administrative protocol).

ESD (Electrostatic Discharge)


Static electrical energy potentially harmful to circuit packs and humans.

ET (End Terminal)
Optical equipment that terminates optical line signals.

ETSI (European Telecommunications Standards Institute)


Located in Sophia-Antipolis, France, ETSI is the European counterpart to ANSI. Its task is to
pave the way for telecommunications integration in the European community as part of the single
European market program. It establishes telecommunication standards for the European
community.

eVOA
Electronic variable optical attenuator.

External Modulation
Modulation of a light source by an external device that acts as an eIectronic shutter.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Extinction Ratio
The ratio of two optical powers of a digital signal generated by an optical source.

Eye Pattern
The proper function of a digital system can be quantitatively described by its BER, or
qualitatively by its eye pattern. The "openness" of the eye relates to the BER that can be achieved.
Also called eye diagram.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

F F-eVOA
Fast electronic variable optical attenuator. Used for encoding WT keys.

Fabric
The part of an optical system that is responsible for switching voice, data, or video from one place
to another.

Failure
When a fault cause persists for a certain period of time.

Failure Rate
The number of failures of a device per unit of time.

Fall Time
The time required for the trailing edge of a pulse to fall from 90% to 10% of its amplitude; the
time required for a component to produce such a result. Typically measured between the 80% and
20% points or the 90% and 10% points. Also called turn-off time.

Far-End Crosstalk
Crosstalk occurs when you hear someone you did not call talking to someone else on your
telephone line. Far-End Crosstalk occurs when Crosstalk travels along a circuit in the same
direction as the signals in the circuit.

FAS (Frame Alignment Signal)


A sequence at the beginning of an SDH/SONET frame that detects the frame start.

FC (Fiber Optic Connector)


A threaded optical connector for single-mode or multimode fiber and applications requiring low
back reflection

FC/PC
A special curved polish on the connector for very low back reflection .

FCC (Federal Communications Commission)


The U.S. federal regulatory agency responsible for the regulation of interstate and international
communications by radio, television, wire, satellite, and cable.

FDDI (Fiber Distributed Data Interface)


A 100-Mbps fiber optic LAN.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-11
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FE (Far End)
Any network element in a maintenance subnetwork other than the one that the user is at or
working on. Also called remote.

FEBE (Far End Block Error)


A maintenance signal transmitted in the physical overhead indicating that a bit error has been
detected at the physical layer at the far end of the link.

FEC (Forward Error Correction)


A method to correct bit errors in a transmission signal whereby additional information is put into
the data signal to allow bit errors to be corrected at the receiving end.

Ferrule
A rigid tube that confines or holds a fiber as part of a connector assembly.

FET (Field Effect Transistor)


Very thin and small transistors used to control pixels in a thin film transistor display.

FGOAM
Fixed gain optical amplifier module (+16 dBm power, 18-dB gain).

Fiber Optic Attenuator


A component installed in a fiber optic transmission system that reduces the power in the optical
signal. It is often used to limit the optical power received by the photodetector to within the limits
of the optical receiver.

Fiber Optic Cable


A cable containing one or more optical fibers.

Fiber Optic Link


A transmitter, receiver, and cable assembly that can transmit information between two points.

Fiber Optic Span


An optical fiber/cable terminated at both ends that may include devices that add, subtract, or
attenuate optical signals.

FIT (Failure In Time)


A unit of failure rate in reliability analysis. One FIT is equivalent to one failure per one billion
operating hours.

FIT Rate
The number of device failures in one billion device hours.

FMM (FlashDisk Memory Module)


A nonvolatile memory device used to store the installation software generic or the NE database.

FOADM
A fixed filter based optical add/drop WDM site, through the use of SFD cards without TOADM
cards.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array)
A user-configurable logic device that holds user-defined logic constructs and interconnects in the
form of a microprocessor. Examples include EEPROM and FLASH.

Fresnel Reflection
A reflection of light that occurs at the air-glass interface at the ends of an optical fiber.

FSK (Frequency Shift Keying)


A modulation technique for transmitting data in digital format over an analog carrier. It involves
shifting the frequency level of the carrier.

FTP (File Transfer Protocol)


A protocol used for exchanging files over the Internet. FTP uses the Internet's TCP/IP protocols to
enable data transfer. FTP is most commonly used to download/upload a file to/from a server using
the Internet.

Fused Fiber
A bundle of fibers fused together so they maintain a fixed alignment with respect to each other in
a rigid rod.

Fusion Splicer
An instrument that permanently bonds two fibers together by heating and fusing them.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

G Gain
The increase in power and magnitude of a signal.

GbE (Gigabet Ethernet)


Ethernet that runs at 1,000 bits per second. It comes in two formats: shared and switched. The
frame size is much larger than traditional Ethernet. The size increased by 64 byte to 512 bytes.

GFEC
Industry standard G.709 FEC.

GFF (Gain Flattening Filter)


When erbium-doped fibers are used to amplify the light traveling through the fiber, some
wavelengths are amplified more than others. A gain-flattening filter restores all wavelengths to
approximately the same intensity.

GNE (Gateway Network Element)


A system node that has a physical attachment to the managment system to support the access of
the remote NE. The number of remote NEs a GNE can serve is specified in terms of the number
of OSI stack associations that the GNE can support without running out of local resources.

GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output)


GPIO provides a flexible way of interfacing a wide range of peripheral devices with a computer.
Among the interface methods GPIO uses are the configurable data sense and handshaking.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-13
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Grooming
Consolidating or segregating traffic.

Ground Loop Noise


Noise that results when equipment is grounded at points having different potentials, thereby
creating an unintended current path. The dielectric properties of optical fiber provide electrical
isolation, which eliminates ground loops.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

H HDDS (High Density Double Shelf)


See DS (Double Shelf).

HEVMUX (High Extinction VMUX[Virtual Multiplexing Protocol)


A HEVMUX sits above several lower protocols, making them appear as a single protocol.
HEVMUX decides which protocol to use for each connection. Note that it is only active during
connection establishment.

HXDS (High Density Reconfigurable Double Shelf)


See DS (Double Shelf).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

I ICEA (Insulated Cable Engineers Association)


A professional organization dedicated to developing cable standards for the electric power,
control, and telecommunications industries.

IDI (Initial Domain Identifier)


Part of the NSAP, the IDI defines the country code of the registration authority responsible for the
allocation and assignment of the NSAP address.

IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission)


The international standards and conformity assessment body for all fields of electrotechnology,
including electricty and electronics.

IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers)


The IEEE helps advance global prosperity by promoting the engineering process of creating,
developing, integrating, sharing, and applying knowledge about electrical and information
technologies and sciences for the benefit of humanity and the profession.

ILA (In-Line Amplifier)


See Repeater.

IMF (Infant Mortality Factor)


The ratio of the first-year failure rate to the steady-state failure rate.

Index of Refraction
Also refractive index. The ratio of the velocity of light in free space to the velocity of light in a
fiber material. Symbolized by n. Always greater than or equal to one.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index-Matching Gel
A gel whose index of refraction nearly equals that of the fiber's core. Used to reduce Fresnel
reflection at fiber ends.

Insertion Loss
The loss of power that results from inserting a component, such as a connector or splice, into a
previously continuous path.

Interchannel Isolation
The ability to prevent undesired optical energy from appearing in one signal path as a result of
coupling from another signal path.

Intrinsic Loss
Splice loss arising from differences in the fibers being spliced.

IPD
Integrated photodector (also called photodiode).

IR (Intermediate Reach)
Optical sections from a few kilometers (km) to approximately 15 km.

Irradiance
The amount of power per unit area.

ISO (International Standards Organization)


A United Nations agency concerned with international standardization in a broad range of
industrial and technical fields.

ISUG (In-Service Upgradeable)


It is unnecessary to shut down the system to upgrade it.

ITU (International Telecommunication Union)


A United Nations telecommunications agency established to provide standardized
communications procedures and practices including frequency allocation and radio regulations on
a worldwide basis.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

J Jacket
The outer, protective covering of the cable.

Jitter
Small and rapid variations in the timing of a waveform due to noise, changes in component
characteristics, supply voltages, or imperfect synchronizing circuits.

Jumper
A short fiber optic cable with connectors on both ends.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-15
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

L L-Band (Long Band)


An optical spectrum range of frequences from 1570 to 1610 nm, where a wide range of
wavelengths are possible with low loss. L-Band doubles the number of wavelengths best suited in
DWDM applications, and uses newer, more expensive optical amplifiers. In LambdaXtreme™
Transport, the L-Band is widened and referred to as an Extended L-Band.

L-Span
See Span Loss.

LA (Limiting Amplifier)
A device that provides a constant output voltage until the input voltage drops under a certain
level.

LAN (Local Area Network)


1. A communication link between two or more points within a small geographic area, such as
between buildings. 2. A data network that has a size of normally up to 10 km. Important LANs are
Ethernet, Token Ring, Token Bus, and FDDI.

LAPD (Link Access Protocol on D-channel)


A special protocol of the OSI Data Link Layer that provides the functional and procedural means
to establish, maintain, and release data link connections for NEs. For NE-NE communications
over the DCC, Layer 2 services are provided by LAPD.

Launch Fiber
An optical fiber used to couple and condition light from an optical source into an optical fiber.
Often the launch fiber is used to create an equilibrium mode distribution in multimode fiber. Also
called launching fiber.

LBC (Laser Bias Current)


Current that runs through the laser to make it work. LBC is monitored by performance
monitoring. If the current goes beyond a certain threshold, the circuit pack must be replaced.

LBO (Line Build Out)


Attenuation used to simulate a load.

LC (Lucent Connector)
A small-form-factor (SFF) design based on a proven 1.25-mm ceramic ferrule. This connector
uses RJ-style latching. It facilitates high-speed applications with lower power requirements due to
lower insertion loss (0.1 dB typical) and higher return loss (55 dB single mode).

LD (Laser Diode)
A semiconductor that emits coherent light when forward biased.

LD-A2325A
Line driver circuit pack with high power (+23 dBm).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-16 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LD-AHPLG
Line driver circuit pack with high power (+20 dBm) low gain (> 18 dB flat gain) optical amplifier.

LD-AM2125A
Line driver circuit pack with high power (+21.5 dBm), medium gain (nominally >= 25 dB flat
gain).

LD-AM2318A
Line driver circuit pack +23 dBm output power, low gain (nominally >= 18 dB flat gain).

LD-HPHG
Line driver circuit pack with a high power (+20 dBm) high gain (> 20 dB flat gain) optical
amplifier.

LD-LPHG
Line driver circuit pack with a low power (+17 dBm) high gain (> 20 dB flat gain) optical
amplifier.

LEAF (Large Effective Area Fiber)


A type of fiber manufactured by Corning.

LED (Light-emitting diode)


A diode that translates electrical current into light. Made out of semiconductor material like
Gallium-Arsenide. A semiconductor that emits incoherent light when forward biased.

LFA (Loss of Frame Alignment)


The time during which frame alignment is effectively lost.

LGX (Lightguide Cross-Connect))


Fiber termination shelves and hardware used for interconnecting fiber cables, jumpers, and
closures that connect the switching systems to the transmission equipment.

LH (Long Haul)
A 10-Gbps application for transmission of 128 channels, giving a capacity of 1.28 Tbps and a
reach of up to 2000 km. Payload (per channel) can be one OC-192/STM-64 or four
OC-48/STM-16 signals.

LID (Link ID Protocol)


A Lucent proprietary protocol for exchange of neighbor information over a DCC link. LID makes
use of LAPD (OSI) or PPP (IP).

LOC (Loss of Clock)


Loss of clock is detected when the clock of the OT is damaged.

LOF (Loss of Frame)


Loss of frame is detected when the OOF anomaly persists for a certain time.

LOM (Loss of Mulitframe)


A failure declared when two consecutive multiframe alignment signals are received with an error.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-17
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Loose-Tube
A type of fiber optic cable construction where the fiber is contained within a loose tube in the
cable jacket.

LOS (Loss of Signal)


A condition where the optical input power falls below a certain threshold.

Loss
The amount of a signal's power, expressed in dB, that is lost in connectors, splices, or fiber
defects.

Lossy Span
Long distance loss in the fiber.

LR (Long Reach)
An optic standard that constrains the output power of transmitters and the sensitivity of receivers
for long-haul applications (up to 80 km) without the need for regeneration.

Lucent Optical Management System (OMS)


An element management system that provides networks with operational functions such as
configuration management, fault management, performance management, and security
management.

LVDS (Low Voltage Differential Signaling)


LVDS delivers high data rates while consuming significantly less power than competing
technologies. In addition, it brings many other benefits including low-voltage power supply
compatibility, low noise generation, high noise rejection, robust transmission signals, and ability
to be integrated into system level ICs
LVDS technology allows products to address high data rates ranging from 100's of Mbps to
greater than 2 Gbps. For all of the above reasons, it has been deployed across many market
segments wherever the need for speed and low power exists.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

M M1
The M1 circuit pack provides connectivity for the mesh paths in a WXC. It supports bi-directional
mesh connections. On the receive side, it has a VOA for the purpose of building out the loss of the
combination of the OD and M1 path to a specific minimum value. On the transmit side, it
combines the even and odd channels of the system.

Macrobending
In a fiber, all macroscopic deviations of the fiber's axis from a straight line.

MAN (Metropolitan Area Network)


A network covering an area larger than a local area network. A wide area network (two or more
local area networks) that covers a metropolitan area.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-18 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Margin
The allowance for attenuation in addition to that explicitly accounted for in system design.

MAS (Multiplex Alignment Signal)


A byte in the 40G overhead that allows the system to check if the four bitmultplexed 10G data
streams are demultiplexed in the right way. It has the value 10100101 in the first 10G data stream
and the value 01011010 in the other 10G data streams.

MD (Miscellaneous Discrete)
Interfaces that control external equipment and system environment. LambdaXtreme™ Transport
contains two Miscellaneous Discrete Interface–Environmental points (inputs) control the
environment around the bays (for example, smoke alarms, flood, fire, intruders, and so forth);
and, Control points (outputs) control equipment external to the NE, through the NE control relays.

Mechanical Splice
An optical fiber splice accomplished by fixtures or materials, rather than by thermal fusion.

MEMS (MicroElectro Mechanical System)


Semiconductor chips that have a top layer of mechanical devices, such as mirror or fluid sensors.

MESH
A type of configuration that combines ROADMs to support mesh channel connectivity between
the ROADMs without O-E-O for transmission. It is operated as a single NE with as many as four
degrees (bi-directional DWDM interfaces) that comprise 2 lines for the east and 2 for the west.

Microbending
Minute but severe bends in fiber that result in light displacement and increased loss.

Mini NE ROADM (Mini-ROADM)


A system NE that provides a minimum configuration, in-service, upgradable optical add-drop
multiplexer.

Mini NE WXC (Mini-WXC)


A mini wavelength cross connect that provides a minimum configuration, in-service, upgradable
network element which supports four bidirectional optical lines (lines 1E/1W/2E/2W), and
comprises two co-joined fully equipped MINILA nodes with additional hardware to support
optical channel mesh connections from one optical line to the other.

Mini_DUET (Limited Wavelength Dual End Terminal)


A system NE that supports the termination of two bi-directional DWDM lines and can be used as
a single node extension from a MINI_WXC in a main system. Each DWDM line supports
add/drop of any 16 of the 10G channels supported by the system.

Minila (Mini In-Line Amplifiers)


A system NE that provides a minimum configuration, in-service, upgradable repeater/in-line
amplifier.

MOADM (Mesh Ready Optical Add Drop Multiplexer)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-19
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
See OD(MOADM) and OM(MOADM).

Modulation
A process that modifies the characteristic of one wave (the carrier) by another wave (the signal).
Examples include amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), and pulse-coded
modulation (PCM).

MPI (Multipath Interference)


Signal reflections and delayed signal images that interfere with the proper signal path. MPI is
caused by reflections from dirty/damaged connectors, and return loss of the jumpers/patch cords.
MPI may cause severe system degradation.

MS (Multiplex Section)
A maintenance entity between two MS TT functions.

MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures)


The expected average time between failures usually expressed in hours.

MTC (Millisecond Transient Control)


It stops any high-speed, short duration increase or decrease impairment that is superimposed on a
circuit every thousand of a second.

MTTR (Mean Time To Repair)


The average time that it takes until a failure is repaired. MTTR is usually expressed in hours.

Multimode Fiber
An optical fiber that has a core large enough to propagate more than one mode of light. The
typical diameter is 62.5 micrometers.

Multiplexing
The process that transmits two or more signals over a single communications channel. Examples
include time-division multiplexing and wavelength-division multiplexing.

MUX (Multiplexer)
A device that combines two or more signals into a single output.

MVAC
Multiple variable attenuator card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

N NCDS (Network Controller Double Shelf)


See DS (Double Shelf).

NCTL (Network Element Controller) Circuit Pack


The NCTL provides control and user interfaces at the NE level.

NDF (New Data Flag)


NDF is used to set an arbitrary change of the pointer value if the change is due to a change of the

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-20 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
payload.

NE (Network Element)
Processor-controlled entity of a telecommunications network that primarily provides switching
and transport network functions and contains network operations functions.

Near Infrared
The part of the infrared near the visible spectrum, typically 700 nm to 1500 nm or 2000 nm.

Near-End Crosstalk
The optical power reflected from one or more input ports, back to another input port. Also known
as isolation directivity.

NEBS (Network Equipment-Building System Requirements)


Developed by Telcordia, standards that vendors must adhere to if they want to sell equipment to
the Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs) and the Competitive Local Exchange Carriers
(CLECs).

NEC (National Electric Code)


A standard governing the use of electrical wire, cable, and fixtures installed in buildings;
developed by the NEC Committee of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI),
sponsored by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association)


NEMA, created in the fall of 1926 by the merger of the Electric Power Club and the Associated
Manufacturers of Electrical Supplies, provides a forum for the standardization of electrical
equipment, enabling consumers to select from a range of safe, effective, and compatible electrical
products.

NF (Noise Figure)
The ratio (in dB) between the signal-to-noise ratio applied to the input of the microwave
component and the signal-to-noise ratio measured at its output. NF indicates the amount of noise
added to a signal by the component during normal operations. Lower noise figures indicate less
degradation and better performance.

NFPA (National Fire Protection Association)


A not-for-profit organization that works with the U.S. Congress and federal agencies to promote
the adoption and use of fire protection codes and standards, and to promote a uniform national
approach to fighting the problem of fires.

NIM (Non-intrusive Monitor)


A kind of sink termination point function that does not touch SDH/SONET signals but monitors
quality of service.

NPT
Network time protocol.

NRZ (Non-Return to Zero)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-21
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A binary encoding in which ones and zeroes are represented by opposite and alternating high and
low voltages and where there is no return to a zero voltage between encoded bits.

NSAP (Network Service Access Point)


The access point where the Network Layer Services are available to network service users.

NVM (Non Volatile Memory)


Memory that survives a shutdown or powerdown of the system such as a hard disk, floppy, or
tape. LambdaXtreme Transport uses a PCMCIA card for NVM.

NZDSF (Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted Fiber)


Fiber that was designed to introduce a small amount of dispersion without the zero- point crossing
being in the WDM passband. With this type of fiber you can eliminate, or at least greatly reduce
the degradation due to four-wave mixing, a distortion mechanism that requires the spectral
components to be phase-matched along the fiber. Examples are the TrueWave® fiber from Lucent
and the LS fiber from Corning.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

O OA (Optical Amplifier)
A device that amplifies an input optical signal without converting it into electrical form.

OADM (Optical Add Drop Multiplexer)


A terminal capable of adding and dropping lower-rate signals from a higher-rate multiplexed
signal without completely demultiplexing the signal.

OBA (Optical Booster Amplifier)


An optical amplifier with high output power.

OC-n (Optical Carrier-level n)


A carrier rate specified in the SONET standard.

OCH
Optical channel.

OCM
Optical channel monitor.

OCWR (Optical Continuous Wave Reflectometer)


An instrument used to characterize a fiber optic link wherein an unmodulated signal is transmitted
through the link, and the resulting light scattered and reflected back to the input is measured.

OD (MOADM - Mesh Ready Optical Add Drop Multiplexer)


OD (MOADM)s provide 64 channel 10G and 40G demultiplexing capability, with direct ports for
32 channels and a connection for 32 additional channels accessible by connecting the 100GHz
offset OD to it.

OD (Optical Demultiplexer)
ODs extract individual wavelengths from the DWDM optical that is generated using an Optical

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-22 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multiplexer (OM).

OGC (Optic Gate Controller)


The controller of an OpticGate module. Its tasks are to control the components of the module and
connect it to a circuit pack.

OLS (Optical Line System)


A lightwave transmission system that can multiplex to 8, 16, 80, or more wavelengths, transmit
the resulting multiplexed signal, and then demultiplex the signal at the other end.

OM (MOADM - Mesh Ready Optical Add Drop Multiplexer)


OM (MOADM) multiplexes the added 10G and 40G Gb/s channels at a ROADM terminal. Up to
64 channels can be added in 32 channel modularity. The channels are on a 100GHz grid, with 0
GHz offset.

OM (Optical Multiplexer)
The process that combines two or more wavelengths onto a single fiber.

OMD
Optical mux/demux circuit pack.

OMON (Optical Monitor)


The OMON circuit pack scans the entire DWDM spectrum to provide Optical Spectrum Analysis
(OSA) for up to 4 or 8 selected locations in an NE.

OMS
Optical multiplex section. Used to describe the OADM line, spans, ILAs to the next OADM line.

OOF (Out of frame state)


A state in which the frame alignment sequence of an SDH/SONET frame has not been found for
several consecutive frames.

OOS (Out-of-Service)
A state in which the circuit pack is not providing its normal service function (removed from either
the working or protection state) either because of a system problem or because the pack has been
removed from service.

OP1P1
A circuit pack that implements a 1+1 optical channel protection switch feature.

Operational Recovery
A recovery with the intent to perform an operation, such as to activate a new software version.
See also Error Recovery.

OPS
Optical protection switch (pack).

Optical Channel
An optical wavelength band for WDM optical communications.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-23
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Optical Channel Spacing
The wavelength separation between adjacent WDM channels.

Optical Channel Width


The optical wavelength range of a channel.

Optical Isolator
A component used to block out reflected and unwanted light.

Optical Link Loss Budget


The range of optical loss allowed in order to meet all specifications when a fiber optical link
operates. The loss is relative to the transmitter output power.

Optical Multiplex Section


A layer in the LambdaXtreme Transport transmission hierarchy.

Optical Path Power Penalty


The additional loss budget required to account for degradations due to reflections, and the
combined effects of dispersion resulting from intersymbol interference, mode-partition noise, and
laser chirp.

Optical Power Meter


An instrument that measures the amount of optical power present at the end of a fiber or cable.

Orderwire
A section of the supervisory signal that is used for communication between sites.

ORL (Optical Return Loss)


The ratio (expressed in units of dB) of optical power reflected by a component or an assembly to
the optical power incident on a component port when that component or assembly is introduced
into a link or system.

OSA (Optical Spectrum Analyser)


A device used to study light as electromagnetic waves. Conventional analyzers are primarily used
to test optical fiber components, such as, lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and the fiber itself.

OSC (Optical Supervisory Channel)


See SUPVY/SUP Supervisory Channel).

OSI (Open Systems Interconnection)


The internationally accepted grouping of standards for communication between different systems
made by different vendors.

OSNR (Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio)


The ratio between the optical power of the data signal and the power of the optical noise signal.

OSP (Outside Plant)


Any part of the Local Exchange Carrier telephone network that is physically located outside of
the LEC company building.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-24 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OT (Optical Transponders)
OTs do frequency adaptation between LambdaXtreme™ Transport equipment and external
equipment that is not optically compatible with LambdaXtreme™ Transport. OTs also provide 3R
functionality (retiming, reshaping, reamplification); and perform fault management and
performance monitoring (non-intrusive monitoring) on the SONET/SDH and WaveWrapper
signal.

OTDR (Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer)


An instrument that locates faults in optical fibers or infers attenuation by backscattered light
measurements.

OTM (Optical Transport Module)


Provides bi-directional electrical/optical signal conversions in point-to-point applications. Optical
signals propagate at two wavelengths over a single fiber.

OTUk (Optical Transport Unit)


G.709 OTUks perform frequency adaptation between LambdaXtreme&trade; Transport
equipment and optically incompatible external equipment. The OTU introduces a new dimension
to optical networking by adding forward error correction (FEC) to the network elements, allowing
operators to limit the number of required regenerators used in the network which, in turn, lowers
its cost.

OXC (Optical Cross-connect)


A device that can switch optical signals between different optical fibers, without the need for
conversion to electrical signals.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

P Passive Branching Device


A device that divides an optical input into two or more optical outputs.

PCMCIA (Personal Computer Miniature Communications International Association)


An international standards body and trade association that establishes standards for Integrated
Circuit cards and promotes interchangeability among mobile computers where ruggedness, low
power, and small size are critical. PCMCIA publishes the PC Card standard, which contains all of
the physical, electrical, and software specifications for the PC card technology.

PCMCIA (Personal Computer Miniature Communications International Association) Adapter


A slot on the Network Controller or on the PC where the flash disk is inserted.

PD (Photodetector)
An optoelectronic transducer such as a PIN photodiode or avalanche photodiode.

PDL (Polarizaton Dependent Loss)


Loss of optical power that occurs during the polarization process. Polarized light waves are light
waves in which the vibrations occur in a single plane. The process of transforming unpolarized
light into polarized light is known as polarization (the orientation of the electric and magnetic
field vectors of a propagating electro-magnetic wave).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-25
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PDU (Protocol Data Unit)
Used for the information exchange between equal protocol layers.

Peak Power Output


The output power averaged over that cycle of an electromagnetic wave having the maximum peak
value that can occur under any combination of signals transmitted.

Phonons
Molecular vibrations that occur in a rigid crystal lattice.

Photodiode
A device that converts optical energy to electrical energy.

PI controller
Proportional-integral controller.

PID (Password Identification)


A word or character string recognized by automatic means that permits a user access to protected
storage, files, or input or output devices.

Pigtail
A short optical fiber permanently attached to a source, detector, or other fiber optic device.

Plastic Clad Silica


A step-index fiber with a glass core and plastic or polymer cladding. This fiber is also called hard
clad silica (HCS).

Plenum
The air handling space between walls, under structural floors, and above drop ceilings that can be
used to route intrabuilding cabling.

Plenum Cable
A cable whose flammability and smoke characteristics allow it to be routed in a plenum area
without being enclosed in a conduit.

PLL (Phase Locked Loop)


An electronic circuit that controls an oscillator so that it maintains a constant phase angle relative
to a reference signal.

PM (Performance Monitoring)
Measures the quality of service and identifies any degrading or marginally operating systems
(before an alarm would be generated).

PMD (Polarization Mode Dispersion)


PMD is an inherent property of all optical media. It is caused by the difference in the propagation
velocities of light in the orthogonal principal polarization states of the transmission medium. The
net effect is that if an optical pulse contains both polarization components, then the different
polarization components will travel at different speeds and arrive at different times, smearing the

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-26 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
received optical signal.

pN_EBC (Near-end Errored Block Count)


Every second the number of near-end errored blocks (N_Bs) within that second are counted as the
Near-end Errored Block Count (pN_EBC). This counter is used to determine the degraded defect
and as an input for the performance monitoring process.

Point-to-Point Transmission
The transmission between two designated stations.

Polarization
The direction of the electric field in the lightwave.

POM Passive Optical Multiplexer) Module


The POM module merges thru channels with added channels from mesh/ROADM channels and
taps off power to MON and OMON ports.

Pre-Provisioning
The capability to provision a slot before installing a circuit pack.

Previous SW Generic (Previous Software Generic)


The previous SW generic is the software and data on the alternate partition to the currently
executed SW/data of the PCMCIA card. It might be installed and activated per user command.
After installation, previous and current SW generic are exchanged.

Provisioning
Placing and configuring hardware and software required to activate a telecommunications service
for a customer. If the equipment is in place, provisioning may consist of creating or modifying a
customer record in a database to activate the services.

Pulse Spreading
The dispersion of an optical signal as it propagates through an optical fiber.

Pump Laser
A laser used in an optical fiber amplifier.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Q QOS (Quality of Service)


A set of performance parameters that characterize the transmission quality over a given virtual
connection.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

R Raman Amplification
A technique that transforms part of the outside plant fiber (OSP) into an amplifier by emitting
high-power laser light into the OSP.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-27
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rayleigh Scattering
The scattering of light that results from small inhomogeneities of material density or composition.

RBOC (Regional Bell Operating Company)


One of the seven regional holding companies formed after the AT&T divestiture. These
companies included Ameritech, Bell Atlantic, BellSouth, NYNEX, Pacific Telesis, Southwestern
Bell, and U.S. West. Later on, Bell Atlantic and NYNEX merged to become Verizon; Ameritech,
Pacific Telesis and Southwestern Bell merged to become SBC; and U.S. West was renamed Quest.

RCIO (Repeater Controller Input/Output) Circuit Pack


A circuit pack that indicates Ethernet port status in Repeaters.

RCTL (Repeater Controller) Circuit Pack


RCTL performs the combined functions of the NCTL, SCTL, and SUPVY circuit packs for the
Repeater Node.

RDI (Remote Defect Indication)


RDI signals convey the defect status of the trail signal at the trail destination (that is, at trail
termination sink function) back to the trail origin (that is, trail termination source function). This
mechanism allows alignment of the near-end and far-end performance monitoring processes.

RDS (Repeater Double Shelf)


See DS (Double Shelf).

Receiver
A terminal device that includes a detector and signal processing electronics. It functions as an
optical-to-electrical converter.

Receiver Overload
The maximum acceptable value of average received power for an acceptable BER or
performance.

Receiver Sensitivity
The minimum acceptable value of received power needed to achieve an acceptable BER or
performance. It takes into account power penalties caused by use of a transmitter with worst-case
values of extinction ratio, jitter, pulse rise and fall times, optical return loss, receiver connector
degradations, and measurement tolerances.

Refractive Index
This is a numerical expression comparing the speed of light in a transparent medium, like glass,
with the speed of light in air. The higher the index number, the thinner a given lens will be.

Refractive Index Gradient


Used in collimators (light aligners) and other sub-components to couple light into and out of
fibers.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-28 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refractive Index Profile
The description of the value of the refractive index as a function of distance from the optical axis
along an optical fiber diameter.

Regenerator
A device that receives an optical signal, converts it to electrical, regenerates the signal, converts it
to optical, then transmits it.

REI (Remote Error Indication)


REI signals contain either the exact or truncated number of error detection code violations
detected in the trail signal at the trail termination sink. This information is conveyed to the trail
termination source. This mechanism allows alignment of the near-end and far-end performance
monitoring processes.

Repeater
A receiver and transmitter set designed to amplify attenuated signals. Repeaters are used to extend
operating range.

Responsivity
The ratio of a photodetector's electrical output to its optical input in Amperes/ Watt.

Ribbon Cable
Cable that contains many fibers embedded in a plastic material in parallel, forming a flat
ribbon-like structure.

Rise Time
The time taken to make a transition from one state to another, usually measured between the 10%
and 90% completion points of the transition. Alternatively, the rise time may be specified at the
20% and 80% amplitudes. Shorter or faster rise times require more bandwidth in a transmission
channel.

Riser Cable
High-strength cable used in vertical shafts between floors in multi-story buildings.

RJ (Random Jitter)
Random jitter is caused by thermal noise and may be modeled as a Gaussian process. The
peak-to-peak value of RJ is of a probabilistic nature, and thus any specific value requires an
associated probability.

RM (Registration Manager)
An application process that initiates the Registration Request Protocol, and communicates the
DSA address and Name-prefix information to the Registration Agent.

ROADM (Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer)


See OADM.

RP (Raman Pump)
In LambdaXtreme™ Transport, RPs provide amplification/gain in the outside plant fiber by

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-29
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
supplying a counterpropagating signal. The amplification is provided by pumping high-intensity
wavelengths (that are lower than the signal wavelength) into the fiber that carries the incoming
DWDM signal. (Also see RPG).

RPG (Raman Pump Growth)


In LambdaXtreme Transport, RPGs provide amplification/gain in the outside plant fiber and
internally in the Dispersion Compensation Module. RPGs are optional; they are used for channels
above 188.45 THz. (Also see RP).

RXDS (Reconfigurable Repeater Double Shelf)


See DS (Double Shelf).

RXIO/RXIO2 (Repeater System Input/output) Circuit Pack


The main user interface to system Repeaters and Mini NEs. This circuit pack provides orderwire
interface, as well as interface for office alarms, miscellaneous discretes, and remote start.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

S SBS (Stimulated Brillion Scattering)


SBS occurs when the light launched into the fiber exceeds a threshold power level for each
process.

SC (Subscription Channel Connector)


A push-pull type of optical connector that originated in Japan. Some of its features include high
packing density, low loss, low back reflection, and low cost.

Scattering
The change of direction of light rays or photons after striking small particles. It may also be
regarded as the diffusion of a light beam caused by the inhomogeneity of the transmitting
material.

SCC (Serial Communications Channel)


Channel that transfers data one bit at a time. The speed of the serial data is most often expressed
as bps or baud rate.

SCOT (Software Control of Transmission)


System software that controls the settings of EDFA pumps, VOAs, Raman pumps, DCM pumps,
DGEFs, and blockers in the ROADM NEs.

SCTL (Shelf Controller) Circuit Pack


SCTL provides control at the double-shelf backplane level (half of a bay).

SDH (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy)


A family of digital transmission rates used outside of the U.S. and Japan from 51.84 Mb/s to 40
Gb/s that allows the interconnection of transmission products around the world.

SEC (SDH Equipment Clock)


A timing device (equipment) used to synchronize network equipment that operates according to
the principles governed by SDH.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-30 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SEEPROM (Serial Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory)
A device which can be erased and reprogrammed.

SFD
Static filter demux.

SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) Module


Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) are optical modular transceivers designed for use with small
form factor (SFF) connectors, and offer high speed and physical compactness. They are
hot-swappable. SFP transceivers perform at data speeds of up to five gigabits per second, and
possibly higher. The SFP modules can be easily interchanged, therefore, electro-optical or fiber
optic networks can be upgraded and maintained more conveniently than has been the case with
traditional soldered-in modules. Rather than replacing an entire circuit board containing several
soldered-in modules, a single module can be removed and replaced for repair or upgrading. This
can result in a substantial cost savings, both in maintenance and in upgrading efforts.

SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol)


A network protocol that provides file transfer and manipulation functionality over any reliable
data stream. It is typically used with the SSH-2 protocol to provide secure file transfer. See also
SSH (Secure Shell).

Shelf
A shelf is a mechanical facility that is in general a housing for circuit packs. Shelves are housed in
Bays.

Simplex
A single element (for example, a simplex connector is a single-fiber connector).

Simplex Cable
An other name for a single-fiber cable.

Simplex Transmission
Transmission in one direction only.

SIO (System Input/Output) Circuit Pack


The SIO CP connects the NCTL to the SCTLs, provides the main interface to the system, provides
LAN interfaces, provides orderwire interfaces, and provides performance monitoring interfaces.

SLM (Single Longitudinal Module)


An injection laser diode which has a single dominant longitudinal mode.

SMF-28
The common type of SSMF, often used interchangeably.

Soliton
A localized wave that maintains its shape as it propagates and therefore can act as a single bit in a
digital signal.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-31
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SONET (Synchronous Optical Network)
A North-American standard developed by Telecordia and adapted by ANSI for the optical
long-distance networks.

Span
Fiber link between NEs that may be unidirectional or bidirectional, depending on network design.

Span Loss
Loss (in dB) of optical power due to the span transmission medium (includes fiber loss and splice
losses).

Spectral Width
A measure of the extent of a spectrum. For a source, the width of wavelengths contained in the
output at one half of the wavelength of peak power. Typical spectral widths are 50 to 160 nm for
an LED and 0.1 to 5 nm for a laser diode.

Splice
A permanent connection of two optical fibers through fusion or mechanical means.

Splitting Ratio
The ratio of power emerging from two output ports of a coupler.

SPOT (Synchronous Partial Overhead Transparency)


Overhead bytes of SDH/SONET transmission signals that are sent together with payload although
they are mapped into higher rate signals. The transparency feature is often used in combination
with fiber shortage solutions.

SR (Short Reach)
Optical sections of two km or less.

SRS (Simulated Raman Scattering)


A broadband effect where power is transferred from a low-wavelength channel to a
higher-wavelength channel. The short-wavelength source acts as a pump.

SSH (Secure Shell)


A UNIX based command interface and protocol for securely accessing remote NEs. It contains
three utilities: slogin, ssh, and scp. Their function is the secure equivalent of UNIX utilities rlogin,
rsh, and rcp. SSH commands are encrypted.

SSMF (Standard Single-Mode Fiber)


This is the most common type of fiber deployed. This fiber was designed to provide zero
chromatic dispersion at 1310 nm, to support the early long-haul transmission systems operating at
this wavelength. It has a chromatic dispersion of at most 20 ps/(nm*km) in the 1550 nm
wavelength range and usually around 17 ps/(nm*km).

ST (Straight Tip Connector)


Popular fiber optic connector that uses a bayonet-style coupling rather than a screw-on coupling.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-32 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step-Index Fiber
Fiber that has a uniform index of refraction throughout the core.

Strength Member
The part of a fiber optic cable composed of aramid yarn, steel strands, or fiberglass filaments that
increase the tensile strength of the cable.

STS, STS-n (Synchronous Transport Signal)


The basic logical building block signal with a rate of 51.840 Mb/s for an STS-1 signal and a rate
of n times 51.840 Mb/s for an STS-n signal.

SUPVY Pack (Supervisory Pack)


SUPVY circuit pack is a low-speed transmission pack that facilitates communication between
LambdaXtreme NEs.

SUPVY/SUP (Supervisory Channels)


SUPVY/SUP supports the following communications: node-to-node, interworking, client LAN,
and orderwire communication.

SVAC
single variable attenuator card.

SW Generic (Software Generic)


The whole software and (static) data associated with a particular NE release. See also Current
Software Generic and Previous Software Generic.

Synchronous Signal
A data signal that is sent along with a clock signal.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

T T-Carrier
Generic designator for any of several digitally multiplexed telecommunications carrier systems.

Tap
The entry point into a system module.

Tap Loss
In a fiber optic coupler, the ratio of power at the tap port to the power at the input port.

Tap Port
In a coupler where the splitting ratio between output ports is not equal, the output port containing
the lesser power.

TBOS (Telemetry Byte Oriented Serial) Protocol


A protocol used for transmitting alarms, status, and control points between a NE and the operating
system.

TC (Tandem Connection)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-33
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An arbitrary series of contiguous link connections and/or subnetwork connections.

TCA (Threshold Crossing Alert)


A condition set when a counter exceeds a user-selected high or low threshold. A TCA does not
generate an alarm but is available on demand through the CIT.

TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol)


A suite of several networking protocols developed for the Internet that provides communication
across interconnected networks, between computers with diverse hardware architectures and
various operating systems. Some examples are FTP, SMTP, and SNMP.

TDC (Tunable Dispersion Compensator)


A device that has negative chromatic dispersion where the amount of dispersion can be adjusted.
It is used for compensation of the chromatic dispersion of the transmission fibers.

TE (Thermoelectric)
A phenomenon that occurs whenever electrical current flows through two dissimilar conductors;
depending on the direction of current flow, the junction of the two conductors will either absorb
or release heat.

TEC (Thermoelectric Cooler)


A solid-state heat pump used in applications where temperature stabilization, temperature cycling,
or cooling below ambient is required.

Thermal Noise
Noise resulting from thermally induced random fluctuation in the receiver's load resistance
current.

Throughput Loss
In a fiber optic coupler, the ratio of power at the throughput port to the power at the input port.

TIA (Transimpedance Amplifier)


A device that converts optical signals into a voltage output or acts as a general-purpose low-noise
wideband gain stage. The negative feedback provides a controlled gain and a high-speed
operation.

TID (Targer Identifier)


A provisionable parameter used to identify an NE within a TL1 command.

TL1 (Transaction Language 1)


An OS/NE machine-to-machine language. TL1 messages are expressed as ASCII strings. TL1
messages and syntax are defined by Telecordia.

TMUX (Transmultiplexer)
A device that takes a group of analog voice channels and converts them directly into a T-1 1.544
Mbs bit stream without the need for demultixplexing the group down into individual channels,
digitizing them, and bundling them up into a T-1 digital bit stream.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-34 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TOADM
Tunable optical add/drop multiplexer. In the 1830 context, this is a ROADM with colorless
add/drop ports permitting direct connection of wavelength tunable WDM transponders to the
TOADM add/drop ports.

TOH (Transport Overhead)


The overhead added to the STS SPE (synchronous transport signal synchronous payload
envelope) for transport purposes. Transport overhead consists of line and section overhead.

TrueWave® Fiber
Non-zero dispersion-shifted fiber manufactured by Lucent Technologies.

TSD (Trail Signal Degrade)


The TSD signal (generated by a trail termination sink function) informs the next function(s) of the
"signal degrade" condition of the associated data signal.

TSF (Trail Signal Fail)


The TSF signal (generated by a trail termination sink function) informs the next downstream
function(s) of the "signal fail" condition of the associated data signal (which contains, due to that
"signal fail" condition, the all-ONEs (AIS) pattern).

TT (Trail Termination)
An atomic function within a layer that generates, adds, and monitors information concerning the
integrity and supervision of adapted information.

TWC, TW+, TW-RS


Variants of True Wave fiber, with low positive residual dispersion in the C band. True wave
classic, enhanced TW, and reduced slope true wave with reduced dispersion slope (and higher
dispersion at 1530 nm than TWC).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

U UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter)


A receiver/transmitter that converts incoming serial data from a port into parallel form.

UBOB (Universal Build Out Block)


Optional connector hardware used to interconnect single-mode connectors with or without
attenuation.

UFAIS (Unframed AIS)


A pattern that is composed of ones only, and causes line driver circuity to consume the maximum
amount of power. In a circuit with repeaters, this pattern will verify that the DC power is
regulated correctly. When transmitted unframed, an all-ones pattern is defined in some networks
as an Alarm Indication Signal (AIS). An unframed all-ones signal may also be referred to as a
"Blue Alarm"and is sent forward by a device that has lost its input signal.

UFEC (Ultra Forward Error Correction)


An improved method to correct bit errors in a transmission signal. Additional information is put
into the data signal to allow the correction of bit errors. There is no acknowledge information in
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-35
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the back direction.

UHC (Ultra High Capacity)


A 40G application for transmission of 64 channels for a capacity of 2.56 Tbps and a reach of up to
1000 km. Payload (per channel) can be one OC-768/STM-256 or four OC-192/STM-64 signals.

UID (User Identification)


A CIT user code that comprises one to ten alphanumeric, case-sensitive characters. UID identifies
a user when he/she logs into a system.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

V VCO (Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator)


VCOs are used for clock recovery circuits and other applications where frequency stability and
low phase noise is very important.

VGOAM
Variable gain optical amplifier module. The LD circuit packs contain VGOAMs with mid-stage
access, and are thus variable gain mid-stage amplifiers circuit packs.

VMUX (Virtual Multiplexing Protocol)


A device that sits above several lower protocols, making them appear as a single protocol. VMUX
makes very simple decisions about which protocol to use for each connection.

VOA (Variable Optical Attenuator)


A device that corrects the signal strength differences that occur in the transmission line.

VSR (Very Short Reach)


A SONET/SDH interface that provides a low-cost interconnection solution of less than 300
meters between routers, switches, and DWDM systems.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

W WAN (Wide Area Network)


A network whose elements are separated by long distances.

Waveguide
A material medium that confines and guides a propagating electromagnetic wave.

Waveguide Coupler
A coupler that transfers light between planar waveguides.

Waveguide Dispersion
The part of chromatic dispersion arising from the different speeds that light travels in the core and
cladding of a single-mode fiber (that is, from the fiber's waveguide structure).

Wavelength
The distance between points of corresponding phase of two consecutive cycles of a wave. The
wavelength is related to the propagation velocity and the frequency.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-36 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Wavelength Growth
A type of growth in which all eight wavelengths are added to a single line before more lines are
added.

WaveWrapper
WaveWrapper provides network management functions such as optical-layer performance
monitoring, error correction, and ring protection on a per-wavelength basis.

WDM (Wavelength-Division Multiplexing)


Sending several signals through one fiber with different wavelengths of light.

WGR (Waveguide Grating Router)


A device used to take a mix of wavelengths and separate them into the component wavelengths.

WPS (Wavelength Protection Switch)


A switch, used in optical networks, that reroutes wavelengths when there is a system problem.

WR8-88A
An 8 add port wavelength router pack; 88 channel capacity.

WSS
Wavelength selective switch.

WT
Wavelength tracker.

WTD
Wavelength tracker decoder.

WTE
Wavelength tracker encoder.

WTOCM
Wavelength tracker optical channel monitor pack.

WTR time (Wait To Restore time)


The WTR time ensures that a previous failed synchronization source is only again considered as
available by the selection process if it is fault-free for a certain time.

WXC (Wavelength Cross Connect)


A hydribd ROADM. See also ROADM.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

X XFP
A pluggable optical transceiver module that combines transmitter and receiver functions in one
compact, flexible, and low cost package format. Up to sixteen XFP modules can be arranged on a
typical rack card, allowing for an unprecedented level of data density. XFP is protocol
independent, are can support OC-192/STM-64, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Fibre Channel,

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary GL-37
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Glossary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and G.709 data streams in routers, switches and network cards. Reaches ranging from Very Short
Reach (VSR) to Long Reach (LR) can also be supported.

XT Crosstalk X-talk
Undesired coupling from one circuit, part of a circuit, or channel to another.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Y Y Coupler
A coupler that has three waveguide legs joined at the center in a "Y" shape which connects an
input port to two output ports or two input ports to a single output port.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Z Zero-Dispersion Wavelength XT Crosstalk


DSF where the zero dispersion point is shifted from 1310 nm to 1550 nm. It is best suited for
applications involving single-channel transmission at 1550 nm, providing the benefits of zero
dispersion as well as taking advantage of the lower attentuation wavelength.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-38 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013
Index

A antistatic covers, 1-35 ............................................................. PSF3T8


See: Power Supply, Filter, and
............................................................. H Hazard level, 1-19
Clock Interface Card
B barred-hand symbol, 1-23 High Power Connection, Fuse & (PSF3T8)
Alarm Panel (HPCFAP), 1-45, .............................................................
.............................................................
1-48, 1-51, 1-58
C climatic conditions S Safety of laser products, 1-16,
hot surfaces, 1-50, 1-59
1-17
stationery operation, 1-53 HPCFAP
Standards compliance, 1-16
............................................................. See: High Power Connection,
Fuse & Alarm Panel
E electrostatic discharge (ESD),
.............................................................
1-22, 1-35, 1-40, 1-50, 1-60
electrostatic protection (ESP), I IEC laser classification, 1-15, 1-18
1-24 IEC requirements, 1-17
environmental conditions, 1-36 insertion and removal facilities,
storage, 1-36 1-24

transportation, 1-33 invisible laser radiation, 1-44,


1-47, 1-58, 1-61
ESD
See: electrostatic discharge .............................................................
(ESD)
L laser classes, 1-15
ESD bonding point, 1-24
laser safety instructions, 1-15
ESP
laser warning labels, 1-39, 1-49
See: electrostatic protection
(ESP) .............................................................

............................................................. N nominal voltage, 1-46

F Fan Unit (FAN3T8), 1-46, 1-49 .............................................................

FDA/CDRH laser classification, P Power Supply, Filter, and Clock


1-15, 1-17 Interface Card (PSF3T8), 1-45,
FDA/CDRH regulations, 1-16 1-46, 1-48, 1-49, 1-51, 1-52,
1-58
power wiring, 1-45
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RamanEDFA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-1
8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 June 2013
Index

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary RamanEDFA
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 8DG-61259-AAAA-TDZZA Release 6.0.0
Issue 1 June 2013

You might also like